TW577208B - Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer - Google Patents
Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW577208B TW577208B TW090131226A TW90131226A TW577208B TW 577208 B TW577208 B TW 577208B TW 090131226 A TW090131226 A TW 090131226A TW 90131226 A TW90131226 A TW 90131226A TW 577208 B TW577208 B TW 577208B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- data
- host
- packet
- client
- interface
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000006854 communication Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 133
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 133
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 34
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 claims description 132
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims description 106
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 65
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 47
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 claims description 25
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- PCTMTFRHKVHKIS-BMFZQQSSSA-N (1s,3r,4e,6e,8e,10e,12e,14e,16e,18s,19r,20r,21s,25r,27r,30r,31r,33s,35r,37s,38r)-3-[(2r,3s,4s,5s,6r)-4-amino-3,5-dihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]oxy-19,25,27,30,31,33,35,37-octahydroxy-18,20,21-trimethyl-23-oxo-22,39-dioxabicyclo[33.3.1]nonatriaconta-4,6,8,10 Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2.O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 PCTMTFRHKVHKIS-BMFZQQSSSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 230000004931 aggregating effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 abstract description 19
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 101
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 44
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 38
- 240000007320 Pinus strobus Species 0.000 description 34
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 19
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 16
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 16
- 230000007958 sleep Effects 0.000 description 16
- 230000009849 deactivation Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000008054 signal transmission Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006266 hibernation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011257 shell material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000002457 bidirectional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001690 polydopamine Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007175 bidirectional communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004883 computer application Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013256 coordination polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005034 decoration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005069 ears Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013399 edible fruits Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009413 insulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- WABPQHHGFIMREM-AKLPVKDBSA-N lead-210 Chemical compound [210Pb] WABPQHHGFIMREM-AKLPVKDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000007787 long-term memory Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001568 sexual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005236 sound signal Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L69/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
- H04L69/30—Definitions, standards or architectural aspects of layered protocol stacks
- H04L69/32—Architecture of open systems interconnection [OSI] 7-layer type protocol stacks, e.g. the interfaces between the data link level and the physical level
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
- H04L67/50—Network services
- H04L67/75—Indicating network or usage conditions on the user display
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B82—NANOTECHNOLOGY
- B82Y—SPECIFIC USES OR APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MEASUREMENT OR ANALYSIS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MANUFACTURE OR TREATMENT OF NANOSTRUCTURES
- B82Y10/00—Nanotechnology for information processing, storage or transmission, e.g. quantum computing or single electron logic
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L12/00—Data switching networks
- H04L12/54—Store-and-forward switching systems
- H04L12/56—Packet switching systems
- H04L12/5601—Transfer mode dependent, e.g. ATM
- H04L2012/5603—Access techniques
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
- H04M1/72—Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
- H04M1/724—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
- H04M1/72403—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
- H04M1/72409—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories
- H04M1/724094—Interfacing with a device worn on the user's body to provide access to telephonic functionalities, e.g. accepting a call, reading or composing a message
- H04M1/724097—Worn on the head
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W80/00—Wireless network protocols or protocol adaptations to wireless operation
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
- Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
- Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Communication Control (AREA)
- Controls And Circuits For Display Device (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
- Television Systems (AREA)
- Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)
- Information Transfer Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
577208 A7 ' _B7__ 五、發明説明(1 ) 發明背景 I·發明領域 本發明涉及一種數位信號協定,以及用於在主機通信裝 置和用戶端影/音呈現裝置間以高速傳遞信號的流程。更特 言之,本發明涉及一種技術,該技術利用低功率、高資料 率傳送機制,將多媒體和其他類型的數位信號,傳送至微 顯示單元或其他呈現裝置。 II.相關技藝 電腦、電子遊戲相關產品及各式各樣的影像技術(例如 DVD和高清晰度的VCR),在過去數年間,有非常顯著的進 步,為擁有這類設備的使用者,提供解析度不斷提升的靜 物、影像、隨選影像、以及圖形影像,其中還包括若干類 型的文字。這種進步得以處理較高解析度的電子檢視裝 置,例如高清晰度的影像顯示器、HDTV監視器、或專業 的影像投射裝置。將這類視覺影像與高清晰度或高品質音 效資料結合,可以在例如使用CD式聲音重現、DVD、以及 具有相關音效信號輸出的其他裝置時,用來為使用者建立 更逼真、内容更豐富、或更真實的多媒體。此外,高度行 動力、高品質音效系統及音樂傳送機制,例如MP3播放 器,已發展出僅對使用者呈現的音效。 在一般影像呈現機制中,影像資料通常以就目前技術而 言可稱為慢或中等速率的速率、每秒一至十秒千位元的等 級來傳送。接著該資料儲存於暫時或保存期較長的記憶體 裝置,以便延遲(稍後)在所希望的檢視裝置中播放。例如, -4- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(2 ) 影像可藉由網際網路傳輸,利用常駐於具有數據機或網際 網路連接·裝置的電腦中之程式,接收或傳送代表影像的數 位資料。類似的傳送過程可藉由無線裝置產生,例如像配 備有無線數據機的可攜式電腦、或無線個人資料助理 (PDA),或無線電話等。 一旦接收到,資料會儲存於記憶體元件、電路或裝置 中,例如RAM或快閃記憶體,包括外部儲存裝置,以供播 放。根據資料和影像解析度的數量,播放可能會很快開 始,或在長時間的延遲後才開始。也就是說,在某些範例 中,當十分少量或低解析度影像不需要大量資料時,影像 的呈現允許某種程度的即時播放,或藉由某類型的缓衝方 式,以致在略微延遲後,可一面呈現某些資料同時傳送其 他資料。假使傳送連結時未發生中斷,一旦呈現開始,傳 送對檢視裝置的使用者而言已合理地透明化。 用來建立靜態影像和動態影片的資料,通常都利用某種 知名的技術來進行壓縮,例知由「聯合攝影專業團隊」 (Joint Photographic Experts Group ; JPEG)、「動晝專 業團隊」(Motion Picture Experts Group ; MPEG),或 媒體、電腦、及通信業界其他知名標準組織或公司所規定 的技術,來加速資料在通信連結上的傳送。利用小量位元 來傳送既定的資訊量,將使得影像或資料的傳輸速度加 快。 一旦資料傳送到”本機”裝置,例如電腦或其他裝置,所 產生的資訊就被解壓縮(或使用特定解碼器播放),並根據對 -5- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 __B7 五、發明説明(3 : 應可用的顯示解析度和控制元件,準備適當的顯現方式。 例如,典趣的電腦影像解析度,U螢幕解析度像素為 單位,通常有從480x640、600x800 一直到1〇24χΐ〇24等 規格,還有其他不同的解析度,視需要加以提供。 影像顯禾也受到影像内容以及已知影像控制器操控影像 能力的影響’包括某些預先定義的色彩等級或色彩濃度(每 像素用來產生色彩的位元)和飽和度,以及所使用的其他架 空位元(〇verhead bit)。例如,典型的電腦顯示器,預期每 像素呈現不同色彩(濃淡和色調)的位元為8至32之間或以 上,且還有其他數值。 從上述數值中,我們可瞭解到已知的螢幕影像’其從最 低到最高的典型解析度和濃度,分別需要從2.45百萬位元 (Mb)到約33 資料傳輸速率。檢祝速率母^ 3〇幀的 影像或動畫,所需要的資料量約為每秒73·7矣I⑻6百萬位 元資料(Mbps),或約每秒9.21至125·75百萬位疋組 (MBps)。此外,有時會需要呈現帶有影像的音效’例如作 多媒體呈現,或個別的高解析度音效呈規時’例如CD°°質 的音择。也可使用互動式指令、控制項、成u等其他 號。這些選項會加入更多要傳送的資料。衣任何清况下’ 當任何人希望傳送高品質或高解析度影像資料及同°口質音 效資訊或資料信號給使用者以建立内容豐②的、二驗時在 呈現元件與提供這類資料的來源或主機裝爹之間’必須存 在有高速資料傳輸連結。 每秒約115千位元組(KBps)或920千位元·银(KbpS)的資料 -6 - _ _---- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7_ ._五、發明説明(4 ) 速率,可由數據機序列介面加以處理。其他介面像USB序 列介面,可達到12MBps的資料傳輸速率,而像使用電機和 電子工程機構(IEEE)l394標準組態的專屬高速傳輸,速率 可達到50至100 MBps。很不幸,這些速率都不及上述討論 的、所希望的高資料率,上述討論的速率是希望用於未來 無線資料裝置和服務,以提供高解析度、豐富的内容,並 提供輸出信號以驅動可攜式影像顯示器或音效裝置。此 外,這些介面都需要使用極多的主機或系統及用戶端軟體 來操作。他們的軟體協定堆疊也建立不必要的大量架空位 元,特別是在考量到無線行動裝置或電話應用時。甚至某 些介面利用到體積龐大的纜線,但對於以美觀為導向的行 動應用裝置而言,太笨重也不受歡迎,且複雜的連接器會 增加成本或消耗太多電力。 其他知名的介面還包括類比影像圖形陣列(VGA)、數位 影像互動(DVI)或億位元影像介面(GVIF)等介面。前兩種 為並列介面,以較高的傳輸速率處理資料,且還用到笨重 的纜線並耗費大量電力,約若干瓦。這些特性都不適合用 於可攜式消費性電子產品。而第三種介面消粍太多電力並 需使用昂貴或笨重的連接器。 上述某些介面,雖然在用於固定式電腦設備的資料傳輸 時,有十分高速的資料系統/協定或傳輸機制,但仍有其他 缺點。為了要達到所希望的資料傳輸速率,還需要有極大 量的電力及/或以高電流來操作。這降低了這類技術作為高 行動消費性產品的實用性。577208 A7 '_B7__ 5. Description of the invention (1) Background of the invention I. Field of the invention The present invention relates to a digital signal protocol and a process for transmitting signals at high speed between a host communication device and a user-side video / audio presentation device. More specifically, the present invention relates to a technology that uses a low-power, high-data-rate transmission mechanism to transmit multimedia and other types of digital signals to a micro display unit or other presentation device. II. Related technologies Computers, video game related products, and various imaging technologies (such as DVDs and high-definition VCRs) have made significant progress in the past few years. Increasing resolution of still life, video, video on demand, and graphic images, including several types of text. This advance has allowed higher-resolution electronic viewing devices, such as high-definition video displays, HDTV monitors, or professional video projection devices. Combining such visual images with high-definition or high-quality audio data can be used to create more realistic, content-rich content for users when using, for example, CD-style sound reproduction, DVDs, and other devices with associated audio signal output Rich, or more realistic multimedia. In addition, highly dynamic, high-quality sound effects systems and music delivery mechanisms, such as MP3 players, have developed sound effects that are presented only to users. In the general image presentation mechanism, image data is usually transmitted at a rate of one to ten seconds per second, which can be referred to as a slow or medium rate in terms of current technology. This data is then stored on a temporary or long-term memory device for delayed (later) playback on the desired viewing device. For example, -4- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (2) The image can be transmitted through the Internet, using a resident computer with a modem or A program on the computer of the Internet connection device that receives or sends digital data representing the image. A similar transmission process can be generated by a wireless device, such as a portable computer equipped with a wireless modem, or a wireless personal data assistant (PDA), or a wireless telephone. Once received, data is stored in memory components, circuits or devices, such as RAM or flash memory, including external storage devices for playback. Depending on the amount of data and image resolution, playback may start soon, or after a long delay. That is, in some examples, when very small or low-resolution images do not require a lot of data, the presentation of the images allows some degree of real-time playback, or by some type of buffering, so that after a slight delay , You can present some data while sending other data. Provided that there is no interruption in transmitting the link, once the presentation has begun, the transmission is reasonably transparent to the user viewing the device. The data used to create still images and dynamic movies are usually compressed using some well-known technology. For example, the "Joint Photographic Experts Group" (JPEG), "Motion Picture Professional Team" (Motion Picture Experts Group; MPEG), or technologies specified by the media, computer, and other well-known standards organizations or companies in the communications industry to accelerate the transmission of data over communication links. Using a small number of bits to transmit a predetermined amount of information will speed up the transmission of images or data. Once the data is transferred to a "native" device, such as a computer or other device, the generated information is decompressed (or played using a specific decoder), and the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 is applied according to the -5- paper size. Specifications (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 __B7 V. Description of the invention (3: Display resolution and control elements that should be available, prepare appropriate display methods. For example, the computer resolution of Dianqu, the resolution of U screen pixels is The unit usually has specifications from 480x640, 600x800 to 1024 × ΐ24, and other different resolutions, which are provided as needed. The image display is also affected by the image content and the ability of the known image controller to control the image ' Includes some predefined color levels or color densities (bits per pixel used to produce color) and saturation, as well as other overhead bits used. For example, a typical computer monitor expects per pixel The bits representing different colors (light and shades) are between 8 and 32 or more, and there are other values. From the above values, we can The resolution of the known screen image is' the typical resolution and density from the lowest to the highest, which requires a data transmission rate of 2.45 million bits (Mb) to about 33. The rate is about ^ 30 frames of image or animation , The amount of data required is about 73 · 7 矣 1⑻6 million bits per second (Mbps), or about 9.21 to 125 · 75 million bits per second (MBps). In addition, sometimes the band Sound effects with images, such as for multimedia presentations, or individual high-resolution sound effects, such as CD °° quality sound selections. You can also use interactive commands, controls, other u and other numbers. These options will be added More data to be transmitted. Under any circumstances, when anyone wants to send high-quality or high-resolution image data and audio quality information or data signals with the same quality to the user to create a rich content, There must be a high-speed data transmission link between the presentation component and the source or host device that provides this type of data. About 115 kilobytes per second (KBps) or 920 kilobits · silver (KbpS) data-6- _ _---- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7_ ._V. Description of the invention (4) The speed can be processed by the modem serial interface. Other interfaces like USB serial interface can reach a data transfer rate of 12MBps, and like using a motor And the Electronic Engineering Institute (IEEE) l394 standard configured for exclusive high-speed transmission, the rate can reach 50 to 100 MBps. Unfortunately, these rates are not higher than the desired high data rate discussed above, the rate discussed above is intended for Future wireless data devices and services to provide high-resolution, rich content, and provide output signals to drive portable video displays or audio devices. In addition, these interfaces require the use of a large amount of host or system and client software to operate. Their software protocol stacks also create an unnecessary amount of overhead space, especially when considering wireless mobile devices or phone applications. Some interfaces even use bulky cables, but they are too bulky and unpopular for aesthetically oriented mobile applications, and complex connectors can add cost or consume too much power. Other well-known interfaces include analog graphics array (VGA), digital image interactive (DVI) or gigabit image interface (GVIF). The first two are side-by-side interfaces that process data at a higher transfer rate, and also use heavy cables and consume a lot of power, about a few watts. None of these characteristics are suitable for use in portable consumer electronics. The third interface consumes too much power and requires expensive or bulky connectors. Although some of the above interfaces have very high-speed data systems / protocols or transmission mechanisms for data transmission on fixed computer equipment, they have other disadvantages. To achieve the desired data transfer rate, a significant amount of power and / or high current operation is also required. This reduces the usefulness of such technologies as high mobile consumer products.
裝 訂Binding
線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) B7 五、發明説明( 5 ) 一般而言,為達到這種資料傳輸速率,可使用像光纖連 接及傳輸裝置,但這類替代裝置需要若干附加的轉換器和 元件,這又增加了使用上的複雜度和成本,不是商業化的 消費性產品所希望導致的結果。除了光學系統昂貴的特性 之外’其功率要求及複雜度也不適用於輕巧、低功率的可 攜式應用裝置。 ,現在市場上缺乏一種可用於可攜式或行動應用裝置的技 術,旎夠提供以聲音、影像、或多媒體為基礎的高品質呈 現經驗,且可用於高行動力的使用者。也就是說,在使用 可攜式電腦、無線電話、PDA、或其他高行動通信裝置或 設備時,目前的影音呈現系統或裝置都無法以所希望的高 品質等級提供輸出。通常,所看到的品f,是因為無法以 所需要的高資料率傳送高品質呈現資料的結果。因此就需 要-種新的傳送機制’以增加提供資料的主機裝置與為使 用者提供輸出的用戶端顯示或元件之間的資料流量。 發明概要 上述及其他缺點,存在於目前發明具體實施例所提出的 技藝中’其中已發展出新協定和資料傳送機制,用於在主 機裝置和接收用戶端之間以高速傳送資料。 ,本發明具體實施例的優點為,所提供用於資料傳送的技 術複雜度低、成本低、有高可靠性,適合所使用的環境, 十分耐用同時又很有彈性。 本發月的具體κ施例係為—行動數位資料介面(圓⑴), 用於在-通信路徑上主機裝置和词服器裝置之間以高速傳 -8 - 本紙張尺度適财® ®家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公爱y 577208 A7 _____B7 五、發明説明(6 ) 送數位資料,並利用複數個或_組相互連結的封包結構形 成通信協^ ’用以傳遞主機和用戶端裝置之間—組預先選 定的數位控制及呈現資料。該信號通信協定連結或連結層 供主機或用戶端連結控制器的實體層使用。主機裝置内至 少有一連結控制器,透過通信路徑或連結,耦合至該用戶 端裝置’並設定為產生、傳輸、並接收形成通信協定的封 包,並使數位主現資料形成一或多類型的資料封包。該介 面提供用於主機和用戶端之間資訊的雙向傳送。 在本發明具體實施例的另一觀點中,至少一用戶端連結 控制!§或用戶端接收器位於用戶端内,並透過通信路徑或 連結耦合至主機裝置。該用戶端連結控制器也組態為產 生、傳輸、並接收形成通信協定的封包,並使數位呈現資 料形成-或多類型的資料封包。通常,主機或連結控制器 利用狀悲機器來處理用於指令或某種信號準備或查詢處理 中的貝料封包,但可使用慢速的泛用型處理器操控用於通 信協定内的資料以及某些較不複雜的封包。主機控制器包 含一或多個差分線路驅動器;用戶端接收器也包括一或多 個耦合至通信路徑的差分線路接收器。 封包聚集在主機和用戶端間傳遞的媒體訊框中,該媒體 訊框具有預先定義的固定長度和預先決定的封包數量,該 封包有不同的可變長度。每一封包都包含一封包長度欄 位、一或多個封包資料襴位、以及一循環冗餘檢查欄位。 一子訊框標頭封包從主機連結控制器傳送出去,或位於其 他封包的傳送開始位置。一或多個影像流型封包和音效流 -9 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(7 ) 型封包供通信協定使用,以便將影像型資料和音效型資料 刀別伙主機透過正向連結傳送至用戶端,以便對用戶端裝 置使用者呈現。-或多個反向連結封裝型封包供通信協定 使用,以便將資料從用戶端裝置傳送至主機連結控制器。 填充型封包由主機連結控制器產生,以佔據沒有資料時 的正向連結傳輸週期。複數個其他封包供通信協定使用以 傳运影像資訊。這類封包包括色彩對應、位元區塊傳送、 點陣圖區域填滿、點陣圖案填滿、和透明色彩啟用型封 包。使用者定義流型封包供通信協定使用,以傳送介面-使 用=的定義資料。鍵盤資料和指標裝置資料型封包供通信 協疋使用,以傳送資料往返於與該用戶端裝置有關的使用 者輸入裝置。連結關閉型封包供通信協定使用,以終止該 通#路控上任一方向的資料傳送。 路位般包括或使用具有一串四個或四個以上的導 體和-屏蔽_線。在某些具體實施例中,該連結控制器 包括一 USB資料介面,且該纜線使用一 USB型介面以及其 他導體。此外,可視需要❹印麟路或彈性導體。 主機連結控制器要求用戶端裝置的顯示功能資訊,以便 決疋該用戶端能夠透過該介面使用何種類型的資料和資料 率。、用戶端連結控制器使用至少一顯示功能型封包,將顯 不或者呈現功能傳送給主機連結控制器。多重傳送模式供 通U定使用’每-模式都允許不同最大量的資料位元在 已知時間週期内平行傳送,且每一模式都可由主機和用戶 端連結控制器之間的協商來選擇。這些傳送模式可在資料 -10- 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 577208The paper size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) B7 V. Description of the invention (5) Generally, in order to achieve this data transmission rate, you can use optical fiber connection and transmission devices, but Such alternative devices require several additional converters and components, which in turn increases the complexity and cost of use, and is not the desired result of commercialized consumer products. In addition to the expensive features of optical systems, its power requirements and complexity are not suitable for lightweight, low-power portable applications. Currently, there is a lack of technology on the market that can be used for portable or mobile application devices. It is not enough to provide high-quality rendering experience based on audio, video, or multimedia, and can be used for high-mobility users. In other words, when using a portable computer, wireless phone, PDA, or other high mobile communication device or device, the current audiovisual presentation system or device cannot provide output at the desired high quality level. Generally, the quality of f is the result of the inability to transmit high-quality presentation data at the required high data rate. Therefore, a new transmission mechanism is needed to increase the data flow between the host device that provides data and the client display or component that provides output to the user. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The above and other shortcomings exist in the techniques proposed by the present embodiments of the invention. Among them, new protocols and data transmission mechanisms have been developed for transmitting data at high speed between the host device and the receiving client. The advantages of the specific embodiments of the present invention are that the provided technology for data transmission has low complexity, low cost, high reliability, is suitable for the environment used, and is very durable and flexible. The specific κ example of this month is-mobile digital data interface (round), used for high-speed transmission between the host device and the server device on the communication path-8-this paper Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 public love y 577208 A7 _____B7 V. Description of the invention (6) Send digital data and use multiple or _ groups of interconnected packet structures to form a communication protocol ^ 'to transfer the host and client devices Between—group of pre-selected digital control and presentation data. The signal communication protocol link or link layer is used by the host or client to connect to the physical layer of the controller. At least one link controller in the host device is coupled through the communication path or link. To the client device 'and set to generate, transmit, and receive packets that form the communication protocol, and make the digital master data into one or more types of data packets. The interface provides two-way information for the host and the client In another aspect of the specific embodiment of the present invention, at least one client connection control! § or the client receiver is located in the client and communicates through the communication channel. A path or link is coupled to the host device. The client link controller is also configured to generate, transmit, and receive packets that form the communication protocol, and to form digital presentation data-or multiple types of data packets. Typically, the host or link controls It uses state-of-the-art machines to process shell packets for instruction or signal preparation or query processing, but it can use slow general-purpose processors to manipulate data used in communication protocols and some less complex ones. Packets. The host controller contains one or more differential line drivers; the client receiver also includes one or more differential line receivers coupled to the communication path. The packets are gathered in a media frame passed between the host and the client. The media frame has a predefined fixed length and a predetermined number of packets. The packets have different variable lengths. Each packet contains a packet length field, one or more packet data bits, and a cyclic redundancy. Check the field. A sub-frame header packet is transmitted from the host link controller, or is located at the beginning of the transmission of other packets. Video Streaming Packets and Audio Streams-9-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (7) The type of packet is used by the communication protocol to convert the image type Data and audio-based data are transmitted from the host to the client through a forward link to be presented to the user of the client device.-Or multiple back-link encapsulated packets are used by the communication protocol to transmit data from the client device To the host link controller. Filled packets are generated by the host link controller to occupy the forward link transmission period when there is no data. A plurality of other packets are used by the communication protocol to transfer image information. Such packets include color mapping, bit Metablock transfer, bitmap area filling, dot pattern filling, and transparent color-enabled packets. User-defined streaming packets are used by communication protocols to send interface-defined data using =. The keyboard data and pointing device data type packets are used by the communication protocol to send data to and from the user input device associated with the client device. The link-closed packet is used by the communication protocol to terminate data transmission in either direction on the communication route. Routes typically include or use a series of four or more conductors and -shielded wires. In some embodiments, the connection controller includes a USB data interface, and the cable uses a USB-type interface and other conductors. In addition, it is possible to print Linlin road or elastic conductor as required. The host connection controller requires the display function information of the client device in order to determine what type of data and data rate the client can use through the interface. 2. The client connection controller uses at least one display function type packet to transmit the display or presentation function to the host connection controller. Multiple transmission modes are available. Each mode allows different maximum amounts of data bits to be transmitted in parallel within a known time period, and each mode can be selected by negotiation between the host and the client link controller. These transmission modes can be found in the data -10- this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 577208
間動怨調整’並且在反相連結上,不需要使用和正 向連結上一樣的模式。 本發月的某些具體實施例的另一觀點中,主機裝置包 無線通信裝置,例如無線電話 '無線PDA、或是内部配 ,有無線數據機的可攜式電腦。典型的用戶端裝置包括一 可攜式衫像顯不’例如微顯示裝置、及/或可攜式音效呈現 ’、統甚至主機可使用儲存裝置或元件來儲存傳送出去 以對用戶端裝置使用者展示的呈現或多媒體資料。 圖式簡單說明 本發明的其他特點和優點,以及本發明不同具體實施例 的結構及操作,以下都將參考_詳細說明。在附圖中, 同樣的,考數予,一般都指示同一個、功能類似、及/或結 構類似的元件和處理步驟,且元件第一次出現的附圖,由 參考數字中最左邊的數字來加以指示。 圖la說明本發明可運作的基本環境,包括可與可攜式電 腦結合使用的微顯示裝置的使用。 圖lb說明本發明可運作的基本環境,包括微顯示裝置的 使用,以及與無線收發器結合使用的音效呈現元件。 圖2說明據有主機和用戶端交互連結的行動數位資料介面 之整體概念。 ' 圖3說明用來實現將資料從用戶端裝置傳送至主機裝置的 封包結構。 圖4說明MDDI連結控制器的使用,以及用於類型I和類型 U介面,藉由實體資料連結導體、在主機和用戶端之間傳送 -11 - 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 577208Responsiveness adjustment ', and the reverse connection does not need to use the same model as the forward connection. In another aspect of some specific embodiments of this month, the host device includes a wireless communication device, such as a wireless phone, a wireless PDA, or a portable computer with a wireless modem inside. A typical client device includes a portable shirt display, such as a micro-display device, and / or a portable audio presentation, and even the host can use a storage device or component to store and send it to the client device user. Presentation or multimedia material for display. The drawings briefly explain other features and advantages of the present invention, as well as the structure and operation of different specific embodiments of the present invention, which will be described in detail below with reference to _. In the drawings, the same, considering the number, generally indicate the same, similar function and / or structurally similar elements and processing steps, and the first occurrence of the element in the drawing, by the leftmost digit in the reference number To be instructed. Figure la illustrates the basic operating environment of the present invention, including the use of a microdisplay device that can be used in conjunction with a portable computer. Figure lb illustrates the basic environment in which the present invention can operate, including the use of a micro-display device and the sound presentation elements used in conjunction with a wireless transceiver. Figure 2 illustrates the overall concept of a mobile digital data interface with a host-client interaction. 'Figure 3 illustrates the packet structure used to transfer data from the client device to the host device. Figure 4 illustrates the use of MDDI link controllers, as well as for type I and type U interfaces, which use physical data to connect conductors and transmit between the host and the client. -11-This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210X297 mm) 577208
的信號類型。 圖5说明MDDI連結控制器的使用,以及用於類型η、m 和IV介面,藉由實體資料連結導體、在主機和用戶 傳送的信號類型。 1 圖6說明用來實現介面協定的訊框和子訊框的結構。 圖7說明用來實現介面協定的封包的一般結構。 圖8說明子訊框標頭封包的格式。 圖9 3兑明填充封包的格式和内容。 圖10說明影像流封包的格式。 圖11說明圖10影像資料格式描述子的格式和内容。 圖12說明資料的封裝和取消封裝格式的使用。 圖13說明音效流封包的格式。 圖Μ說明資料的位元組-排列和封裝PCM格式的使用。 圖I5說明使用者定義流封包的格式。 圖16說明色彩對應封包的袼式。 圖17說明反向連結封裝封包的格式。 圖18說明顯示功能封包的格式。 圖19說明鍵盤資料封包的格式。 圖20說明指標裝置資料封包的格式。 圖21說明連結關閉封包的格式。 圖22說賴示要求和狀態封包的袼式。 圖23說雜元區塊傳送封包的格式。 圖24說明點陣_域填滿封包的格式。 圖25說明輯圖案填滿封包的格式。 •12·Signal type. Figure 5 illustrates the use of the MDDI link controller and the types of signals used to connect the conductors to the host and user via physical data for the type η, m and IV interfaces. 1 Figure 6 illustrates the structure of frames and sub-frames used to implement interface protocols. Figure 7 illustrates the general structure of a packet used to implement an interface protocol. Figure 8 illustrates the format of a sub-frame header packet. Figure 9 shows the format and content of the padding packet. Figure 10 illustrates the format of a video stream packet. FIG. 11 illustrates the format and content of the video data format descriptor of FIG. 10. Figure 12 illustrates the use of data encapsulation and decapsulation formats. Figure 13 illustrates the format of an audio stream packet. Figure M illustrates the use of the Byte-Arrangement and Encapsulation PCM format of the data. Figure I5 illustrates the format of a user-defined stream packet. FIG. 16 illustrates the pattern of color correspondence packets. Figure 17 illustrates the format of a reverse link encapsulation packet. Figure 18 illustrates the format of a display function packet. Figure 19 illustrates the format of a keyboard data packet. Figure 20 illustrates the format of a pointer device data packet. Figure 21 illustrates the format of a Link Close packet. Figure 22 illustrates the format of the lay request and status packets. Figure 23 illustrates the format of a miscellaneous block transfer packet. Figure 24 illustrates the format of a dot matrix_field full packet. Figure 25 illustrates the format of a pattern fill packet. • 12 ·
577208 A7 _B7_._ 五、發明説明(10 ) 圖26說明通信連結資料通道封包的格式。 圖27說明介面型交遞要求封包的格式。 圖28說明介面型確認封包的格式。 圖29說明執行型交遞封包的格式。 圖30說明正向音效通道啟用封包的格式。 圖31說明反向音效採樣速率封包的格式。 圖32說明數位内容保護架空封包的格式。 圖33說明透明色彩啟用封包的格式。 圖34說明往返延遲測量封包的格式。 圖35說明往返延遲測量封包期間的事件時序。 圖36說明可用於本發明的CRC產生器和檢查器的樣本 實現。 圖37a說明傳送資料封包時圖36裝置的CRC信號的時 序。 圖37b說明接收資料封包時圖36裝置的CRC信號的時 序。 圖38說明沒有爭用時典型服務要求的處理步驟。 圖39說明連結重新啟動序列開始後宣告(assert)典型服 務要求的處理步驟,以處理連結啟動。 圖40說明如何使用DATA-STB加密法來傳輸資料序 列。 圖41說明在主機產生輸入資料的DATA和STB信號然 後在用戶端復原資料的電路。 圖42說明用來實現本發明具體實施例的驅動器和終止電 -13- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(11 ) 阻。 圖43說明用戶端用來保護來自主機的服務,以及主機提 供這類服務的步驟和信號等級。 ^ 圖44說明在DataO、其他資料線(DataX)、和選通線 (Stb)間轉換時的相對間隔。 圖45說明當傳送封包後主機停用主機驅動器時,為回應 所出現的延遲。 圖46說明當主機啟動主機驅動器以傳送封包時,所出現 的回應延遲。 圖47說明在主機接收器輸入中,被傳送的資料時序與選 通脈衝的前沿及後沿間的關係。 圖48說明反向資料時序所發展出來的轉移特性及對應用 戶端輸出延遲。 圖49說明高階的信號處理步驟圖,藉由該步驟,本發明 可使用狀態機器實現同步。 圖50說明執行MDDI的系統在正向及反向路徑上處理信 號時通常會遭遇到的延遲數。 圖51說明邊緣的往返延遲測量。 圖52說明反向連結資料率的變化。 圖53以圖呈現反向率除數與正向連結資料率的數值。 圖54a和54b說明操作介面時所採取的步驟。 具體實施例之詳細說明 I.概要 本發明的一般目的是要提供行動顯示數位介面(MDDI), -14- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7577208 A7 _B7 _._ V. Description of the invention (10) Figure 26 illustrates the format of the communication link data channel packet. Figure 27 illustrates the format of an interface-type delivery request packet. FIG. 28 illustrates the format of an interface type acknowledgement packet. Figure 29 illustrates the format of an execution-based delivery packet. Figure 30 illustrates the format of a forward sound channel enable packet. Figure 31 illustrates the format of a reverse sound sample rate packet. Figure 32 illustrates the format of a digital content protection overhead packet. Figure 33 illustrates the format of a transparent color enabled packet. Figure 34 illustrates the format of a round-trip delay measurement packet. Figure 35 illustrates the timing of events during round-trip delay measurement packets. Figure 36 illustrates a sample implementation of a CRC generator and checker that can be used in the present invention. Figure 37a illustrates the timing of the CRC signal of the device of Figure 36 when transmitting a data packet. Fig. 37b illustrates the timing of the CRC signal of the device of Fig. 36 when a data packet is received. Figure 38 illustrates the processing steps for a typical service requirement when there is no contention. Figure 39 illustrates the process of asserting a typical service request after a link restart sequence has started to handle link start. Figure 40 illustrates how the data sequence is transmitted using the DATA-STB encryption method. Figure 41 illustrates a circuit that generates data and STB signals for the input data on the host and then restores the data on the client side. Figure 42 illustrates the driver and termination circuit used to implement a specific embodiment of the present invention. -13- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (11). Figure 43 illustrates the steps the client uses to protect services from the host and the steps and signal levels at which the host provides such services. ^ Figure 44 illustrates the relative spacing when switching between DataO, other data lines (DataX), and strobe lines (Stb). Figure 45 illustrates the delay in responding when the host deactivates the host driver after transmitting a packet. Figure 46 illustrates the response delay that occurs when the host starts the host driver to transmit a packet. Figure 47 illustrates the relationship between the timing of the transmitted data and the leading and trailing edges of the strobe pulse at the host receiver input. Figure 48 illustrates the transition characteristics developed by the reverse data timing and the output delay to the application client. Fig. 49 illustrates a high-order signal processing step diagram. With this step, the present invention can realize synchronization using a state machine. Figure 50 illustrates the number of delays typically encountered by a system performing MDDI when processing signals on the forward and reverse paths. Figure 51 illustrates round-trip delay measurements at the edges. FIG. 52 illustrates changes in the backlink data rate. Figure 53 graphically shows the values of the reverse rate divisor and the forward link data rate. Figures 54a and 54b illustrate the steps taken when operating the interface. Detailed description of specific embodiments I. Overview The general purpose of the present invention is to provide a mobile display digital interface (MDDI). -14- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7
如下所討論,造成或提供具成本效益、低:力率 _、、, 機制,利用"序列"型的資料連結或通道,、專巧 資料在主機裝置和顯示裝置之間的短距通信:d向速 此機制提供其本身實現微型連接器和薄的彈性^迗。 特別適用於連接顯示元件或裝置,例如可料5線’兩者 鏡或投射ϋ),以及手提式的㈣、無_;置=(護目 裝置。 裝置、或娛樂 本發明可用於各種不同的情況,以溝通或傳送 料,-般用於音效'影像、或多媒體應用 = f類資料的主機或來源裝置’-直到高速的用4= 壬現裝置。典型的應用,如下討論,為資料傳"s 式電,或無線電話或數據機,—直到影像顯示裝置仅= 小型影像螢幕或可戴式微顯*裝置,像是 ° 鏡和螢幕的護目鏡或頭盔。 i技射透 mdDI的特性或屬性與特定顯示技術無關 送資料的高度彈性機制,與該資料的内部結構;= ㈣的功能觀點或它實現的指令無關。這傳 封包時序調整為特定顯示裝置的特質或希望某4 = :顯:,或符合某些A_V系統的音效及影像結:的條:唯 的協定,該介面僅是顯示元件或未知的用戶 知裝置0除此之外,平隹 咖集的序列連結資料或資料率 (置等r有所不同,以允許通信系統或主機裝 顯示裝置更新率。功率要求、用戶端設備複雜性、及 -15 -As discussed below, it creates or provides a cost-effective, low-cost mechanism that uses "sequence" -type data links or channels, and short-range communication between specialized data between the host device and the display device. : D Provides this mechanism with its own implementation of micro-connectors and thin elasticity. It is particularly suitable for connecting display elements or devices, such as 5 lines (both mirrors or projection screens), and portable ㈣, no _; set = (eye protection device. Device, or entertainment. The invention can be used for a variety of different For communication or transmission of materials,-generally used for sound effects 'video or multimedia applications = host or source device of type f data'-until high-speed use 4 = non-existent devices. Typical applications, as discussed below, are for data transmission " s type electric, or wireless telephone or modem, until the image display device = small image screen or wearable micro display * device, such as goggles or helmets for ° mirrors and screens. Or the attribute has nothing to do with the specific display technology. Highly flexible mechanism to send data, has nothing to do with the internal structure of the data; = ㈣'s functional point of view or the instructions it implements. This packet timing is adjusted to the characteristics of a specific display device or hope that a certain 4 = Display :, or in accordance with some A_V system sound effects and video knots: Article: only agreement, the interface is only a display element or an unknown user knows the device. In addition, the sequence link data of the flat coffee set or Data rate (settings are different to allow communication systems or host-installed display update rates. Power requirements, complexity of client equipment, and -15-
裝 訂Binding
577208 A7 ____B7 五、發明説明(13 ) 資料介面主要用於在,,有線”信號連結或小型纜線上傳送 大量的高速資料。但是,一些應用也可利用無線連結,包 括以連結為基礎的光學裝置,假使它組態為使用針對該介 面協定所發展的相同封包和資料結構,並可維持以低功率 消耗進行所希望的傳送或複雜性以保持實用性。 II·環境 典型的應用可見於圖la和lb,其中顯示可攜式或膝上型 電腦100以及無線電話或個人數位助理(PDA)裝置1〇2,並 分別利用顯示裝置104和106,以及音效重現系統1〇8和 110來傳遞資料。該無線設備可接收資料或預先儲存某些量 的多媒體資料在記憶體元件或裝置中,以供稍後呈現或檢 視及/或供無線設備的使用者聆聽。由於大部分的時間無線 裝置都用於聲音和簡單文字的溝通,其具有相當小的顯示 螢幕以及簡單的音效系統(喇叭)以用於將資訊傳遞給裝置 102使用者。 電腦100具有較大的螢幕,但外接的音效系統不夠用,並 且仍缺之其他多媒體王現裝置,例如高清晰度的電視或是 動晝螢幕。電腦100可用於圖解說明和其他類型的處理流 程,互動式影像遊戲和消費性電子裝置也可用於本發明。 電腦100可利用,但不限於利用無線數據機和其他内建的無 線通訊裝置,或視需要連結至使用纜線和無線連結的這類 裝置。 這使得較複雜或”内容豐富,,資料的呈現,變得較無用處 或疋較無趣味。因此,業界正開發出其他機制和裝置,以 -16- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(14 ) :=資訊呈現給使用者,並且提供最基本的趣味或真實的 =之前曾討論過,某些類型的顯示裝置已經開發或是目 則開發為對裝置1()〇使用者呈現資訊。例如,_家以上的公 2曾經開發開發出幾組可戴式護目鏡,這種護目鏡可以在 置使用者的眼前投射影像,以便呈現視覺顯示。當配戴 正確時,這類裝置能夠有效的"投射,.視覺影像,讓使用者 的眼睛能夠看到,這種裝置要比提供視覺輸出的元件要大 得多。也就是說,十分小型的投射裝置,允許使用者的眼 睛在比一般LCD螢幕或類似裝置要大得多的裝置上"看到 "影像。使用較大型的視覺螢幕影像,要比有限的LCD營幕 顯不’具有解析度較高的影像。其他顯示裝置還包括但不 限於,小型的LCD螢幕,或不同的平面顯示元件' 透射透 鏡,以及用於在表面投射影像的顯示驅動器等等。 逛有其他的元件連接至、或與無線裝置1〇2和電腦1〇〇的 使用有關,用以將輸出呈現給其他使用者或其他的裝置, 將信號傳送到其他地方或加以儲存。例如,資料可以光學 的形式儲存在快閃記憶體中,例如,使用可寫的CD媒體或 磁性媒體,像是磁帶記錄器和類似的裝置儲存,以供未來 使用。 此外,許多無線裝置和電腦現在已經有了内建式的Mp3 音樂解碼功能,以及其他先進的聲音解碼器和系統。可攜 式電腦一般都具有CD和DVD播放功能,並具有小型專屬的 快閃g己憶體讀取器,用來接收預先錄製的音效檔案。具有 -17- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 577208 A7 _B7 _._ 五、發明説明(15 ) 這類功能的問題是,數位音樂檔案承諾了許多新增的功能 以及内容豐富的經驗,但只有在解碼和播放處理流程能夠 跟得上腳步時才能使用。數位影像檔案也有相同的問題。. 要協助聲音的重現,外接喇叭108,如圖la所示,也可伴 隨著其他元件,例如用於前端和後端聲音投射的附屬低音 揚聲器或者是環繞音響喇9\。同時,喇。八或耳機110内建在 如圖lb所示的微顯示裝置106的支援架構和機制中。眾所周 知,其他可以使用的音效和聲音重現元件,還包括功率擴 大器和聲音成形裝置。 無論如何,如同以上曾討論過,·當我們希望將高品質或 高解析度影像資料和高品質音效資訊或是資料訊號,透過 一個以上的通訊連結112,從資料來源傳送到使用者時,必 須要有很高的資料速率。也就是說,由於目前的傳送機制 無法達到一般所需的高資料率,傳送連結112很明顯的是資 料傳遞時的潛在瓶頸,如之前曾討論過,並限制了系統效 能。如之前曾討論過,例如,當較高的影像解析度,像是 1024乘1024圖素,色彩濃度為每圖素24 - 32位元且資料 率為30fps時,該資料率可達到336 Mbps以上。此外,這 類影像能夠以多媒體的一部份來呈現,所謂的多媒體呈現 包括音效資料和潛在的其他訊號,該訊號負責處理互動式 遊戲或通信,或是不同的指令、控制項、或信號,進一步 提升數量或資料以及資料速率。 也很清楚的是,建立資料連結的纜線或互連裝置越少, 正意味著與顯示有關的行動裝置吏容易使用,而且更容易 -18- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 _ _B7_._ 五、發明説明(16 ) 為較多的使用者所接受。特別是通常使用多種裝置來建立 全音效-影像經驗時,以及特別是當顯示和音效輸出裝置的 品質不斷增加時,這更為重要。 不幸的是,該較高資料率超過現今技術傳輸資料的速 率。目前需要一種技術,能夠以較高速率在呈現元件和資 料來源之間的資料傳送連結或通信路徑上傳輸資料,並具 有一致的低功率、小巧的體積、以及其纜線結構儘可能的 簡單且經濟實惠。本專利申請人已開發出新的技術、或是 方法和裝飾,以便達成這些及其他目的,以允許許多的行 動式、可攜式、或甚至固定位置的裝置,以極高的資料速 率傳送資料到所希望的顯示器、微型顯示器、或是音效傳 送元件,同時還能維持所希望的的功率消耗和複雜度。 III·高速數位資料介面系統架構 為了要建立新的裝置介面並且有效的加以利用,已經設 計出訊號協定和系統架構,以便提供使用低功率訊號的高 資料傳送速率。該協定係建置於封包和一般的訊框結構 上,或相互連結的結構上,以便形成用來傳遞預先選定資 料集或是資料類型集以及利用該介面的指令或是運作結構 之協定。 A·概要 由MDDI連結所連接的裝置或在MDDI連結上傳遞的裝 置,都稱為主機和用戶端,該用戶端通常是某類型的顯示 裝置。從主機到顯示裝置的資料都以正向方向傳送(是指正 向流量或是連結),從顯示裝置到主機的資料都以反向方向 -19- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 五 發明説明( 17 反量和連結),如主機所啟用的方式。如圖2所示 2〇6土連接且^所Λ°在圖2中:主機2G2使用雙向通信通道 h 204 ’其中該通道包括-正向連結208和 ,導St 210。但是,這些通道由-般的導體所形成, ^導體的貧料傳送有效地在在正向或反向連結作業之間切 如在其他地方曾討論到,主機包括使用本發明的若干類 里的裝置其中之-。舉例來說,主機2〇2可以是手持藤上 型的可攜式電腦,或類似的行動計算裝置,可以是PDA、 呼叫裝置、或許多無線電話或數據機其中之一。同時,用 戶端204可包括用於對使用者呈現f訊的各種不同裝置。 舉例來說,整合在護目鏡或玻璃中的微型顯示器、内建在 帽子或鋼盘中的投射裝置、内建在汽車中的小型螢幕或甚 至全像攝影元件,例如在窗戶或擋風玻璃中,或各種制 口八、耳機、或聲音系統,用來呈現高品質的聲音或音樂。 但是,本行業的專家將發現,本發明不限於這些裝置,市 場上還有許多其他裝置’被提出以供使用,試圖提供使用 者高品質的影像和聲音,不論是利用儲存或傳送方式或在 播放時呈現出來。本發明可用於增加不同的裝置之間的資 料流量,以便提供在實現使用者經驗時所需之高資料率。 B·介面類型 MDD介面被認為提供了電信及電腦界中五種以上獨特的 實體介面。在這裏,分別簡單地稱為Type-I、Type_n、 Type-Ill、Type-IV和Type-U 〇 20 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(18 )577208 A7 ____B7 V. Description of the invention (13) The data interface is mainly used to transmit a large amount of high-speed data over a wired, signal link or small cable. However, some applications can also use wireless links, including link-based optical devices If it is configured to use the same packet and data structure developed for the interface protocol, and can maintain the desired transmission or complexity with low power consumption to maintain practicality. II. Typical applications of the environment can be seen in Figure la And lb, which shows a portable or laptop computer 100 and a wireless telephone or personal digital assistant (PDA) device 102, and uses the display devices 104 and 106, respectively, and the sound reproduction system 108 and 110 to deliver Data. The wireless device can receive data or pre-store some amount of multimedia data in a memory element or device for later presentation or viewing and / or listening to the user of the wireless device. Since most of the time the wireless device Both are used for communication of sound and simple text. It has a relatively small display screen and a simple sound system (speaker) for The information is transmitted to the user of the device 102. The computer 100 has a large screen, but the external sound system is not enough, and there are still other multimedia devices such as high-definition televisions or moving screens. The computer 100 can be used for Illustrated and other types of processing flow, interactive video games and consumer electronic devices can also be used in the present invention. The computer 100 can use, but is not limited to, using a wireless modem and other built-in wireless communication devices, or linking to it as needed Devices that use cables and wireless links. This makes more complex or "rich content," rendering the information less useful or less interesting. Therefore, the industry is developing other mechanisms and devices to apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) to -16- this paper size 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (14): = Information is presented to the user, And provide the most basic fun or real = previously discussed, some types of display devices have been developed or designed to present information to users of the device 1 (). For example, the public above the home has developed several sets of wearable goggles, which can project images in front of the user's eyes in order to present a visual display. When properly worn, such devices can effectively " project, visual images and allow the user's eyes to see that such devices are much larger than the components that provide visual output. That is, a very small projection device allows the user ' s eyes to " see " an image on a device much larger than a normal LCD screen or similar device. Using a larger visual screen image has a higher resolution image than a limited LCD screen. Other display devices include, but are not limited to, small LCD screens, or different flat display elements' transmission lenses, and display drivers for projecting images on surfaces. There are other components connected to, or related to the use of the wireless device 102 and the computer 100, for presenting the output to other users or other devices, transmitting the signal to other places or storing it. For example, data may be stored in flash memory in optical form, for example, using writable CD media or magnetic media, such as tape recorders and similar devices, for future use. In addition, many wireless devices and computers now have built-in Mp3 music decoding, as well as other advanced sound decoders and systems. Portable computers generally have CD and DVD playback capabilities, as well as small, exclusive flash g-memory readers for receiving pre-recorded audio files. With -17- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 577208 A7 _B7 _._ V. Description of the invention (15) The problem with this type of function is that digital music files promise many new Features and rich experience, but can only be used if the decoding and playback processes can keep up. Digital image files have the same problem. To assist in sound reproduction, the external speaker 108, as shown in Fig. 1a, can also be accompanied by other components, such as a subwoofer for front and rear sound projection or surround speakers. Meanwhile, La. The eight or earphone 110 is built into the support structure and mechanism of the micro display device 106 as shown in FIG. It is well known that other sound effects and sound reproduction components that can be used include power amplifiers and sound shaping devices. In any case, as discussed above, when we want to transmit high-quality or high-resolution image data and high-quality audio information or data signals from more than one communication link 112 to the data source to the user, we must Have a high data rate. That is, since the current transmission mechanism cannot achieve the generally required high data rate, the transmission link 112 is obviously a potential bottleneck in data transmission, as previously discussed, and limits system performance. As discussed previously, for example, when the image resolution is higher, such as 1024 by 1024 pixels, the color density is 24-32 bits per pixel, and the data rate is 30 fps, the data rate can reach more than 336 Mbps . In addition, such images can be presented as part of multimedia. The so-called multimedia presentation includes audio data and potentially other signals that are responsible for processing interactive games or communications, or different commands, controls, or signals. Further increase quantity or data and data rate. It is also clear that the fewer cables or interconnecting devices used to establish the data link, it means that the display-related mobile devices are easier to use and easier to use -18- This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 _ _B7 _._ 5. Description of the invention (16) Accepted by more users. This is especially important when multiple devices are often used to create a full audio-visual experience, and especially as the quality of display and audio output devices continues to increase. Unfortunately, this higher data rate exceeds the rate at which data can be transmitted by today's technology. There is a need for a technology that can transmit data on a data transmission link or communication path between a presentation component and a data source at a higher rate, with consistent low power, compact size, and its cable structure as simple and Affordable. The applicant of this patent has developed new technologies, or methods and decorations, to achieve these and other objectives, allowing many mobile, portable, or even fixed-location devices to transmit data at extremely high data rates To the desired display, miniature display, or audio transmission element, while maintaining the desired power consumption and complexity. III. High-speed digital data interface system architecture In order to create a new device interface and effectively use it, signal protocols and system architectures have been designed to provide high data transfer rates using low-power signals. The agreement is built on the packet and general frame structure, or interconnected structures, so as to form an agreement for transmitting a pre-selected data set or data type set, and instructions or operating structures using the interface. A. Overview The devices connected by the MDDI link or the devices passed on the MDDI link are called the host and the client. The client is usually a certain type of display device. The data from the host to the display device are transmitted in the forward direction (referring to the forward flow or the connection), and the data from the display device to the host are in the reverse direction. -19- This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X 297mm) Five invention instructions (17 inverse and link), such as the way the host is enabled. As shown in Fig. 2, the connection between 206 and Λ is shown in Fig. 2: The host 2G2 uses a two-way communication channel h 204 ′, where the channel includes a forward connection 208 and a lead 210. However, these channels are formed by ordinary conductors, and the lean material transmission of the conductors is effectively between forward or reverse connection operations, as discussed elsewhere. The host includes devices in several classes using the present invention. Among them-. For example, the host 200 may be a handheld Fujitsu-type portable computer, or a similar mobile computing device, which may be a PDA, a calling device, or one of many wireless phones or modems. At the same time, the client 204 may include various devices for presenting the message to the user. For example, miniature displays integrated in goggles or glass, projection devices built into hats or steel pans, small screens built into cars, or even holographic photography elements, such as in windows or windshields , Or various mouthpieces, headphones, or sound systems, used to present high-quality sound or music. However, experts in the industry will find that the present invention is not limited to these devices, and there are many other devices on the market that have been proposed for use in an attempt to provide users with high-quality images and sounds, whether by using storage or transmission methods or in Rendered during playback. The present invention can be used to increase the data flow between different devices in order to provide the high data rate required to implement user experience. B. Interface Types MDD interfaces are considered to provide more than five unique physical interfaces in the telecommunications and computer industry. Here, they are simply referred to as Type-I, Type_n, Type-Ill, Type-IV, and Type-U 〇20 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Invention Instructions (18)
Type-I介面組態為6線(導體)介面,適用行動或無線電 話、PDA·、電子書、電子遊戲、以及可攜式媒體播放器, 光碟機、或MP3播放器、以及採用類似電子消費性技術的 裝置。Type-U介面組態為8線(導體)介面,較適用於膝上 型電腦、筆記型電腦、和桌上型個人電腦以及類似的裝置 和應用,不需要快速更新顯示,以及不需要具有内建的 MDDI連結控制器。這個介面類型也與使用額外兩線的通用 序列匯流排(USB)介面有所不同,後者特別適用於配合現 有作業系統或是在大部分個人電腦上可找到的軟體支援。 Type-u介面也可用於只有USB的模式,例如,當顯示器只 有USB連接器,連接至電腦或類似裝置上的標準usb埠 時。Type-I interface is configured as a 6-wire (conductor) interface, suitable for mobile or wireless phones, PDAs, e-books, video games, and portable media players, optical disc players, or MP3 players, and similar electronic consumer Sexual technology device. The Type-U interface is configured as an 8-wire (conductor) interface, which is more suitable for laptops, notebooks, and desktop personal computers and similar devices and applications. It does not need to update the display quickly, and it does not need to have internal Built MDDI link controller. This interface type is also different from the universal serial bus (USB) interface that uses an extra two wires, which is especially suitable for supporting existing software or software support found on most personal computers. The Type-u interface can also be used in USB-only mode, for example, when the monitor has only a USB connector and is connected to a standard USB port on a computer or similar device.
Type-II、Type-Ill、和Type_IV介面適用於高效能顯示 器或裝置,以及使用具有額外雙絞線導體、較大型的複雜 纜線結構,以便為資料信號提供適當的保護和低流失率的 傳輸。Type-II, Type-Ill, and Type_IV interfaces are suitable for high-performance displays or devices, as well as the use of larger complex cable structures with additional twisted-pair conductors to provide appropriate protection for data signals and low churn transmission .
Type-I介面可傳送包括顯示、音效、控制、和有限信號 資訊的信號,通常用於不需要高解析度、全速率影像資料 的裝置。這種類型的介面主要用於類似像行動無線裝置等 裝置,該裝置内通常沒有USB主機用來連接和傳送訊號。 在這種組態中,行動裝置為^1〇1)1主機裝置,並作為控制來 自主機通信連結的”主要裝置”,該連結一般是將顯示資料 傳送至用戶端(正向通信量和連結)。 在這個介面中,主機使主機接收來自伺服器的通信資料 -21 - 本紙張尺度逋用巾g g家標準(CNS) A4規格(21GX 297公爱) 577208The Type-I interface can transmit signals including display, sound effects, controls, and limited signal information. It is usually used for devices that do not require high-resolution, full-rate video data. This type of interface is mainly used for devices such as mobile wireless devices. There is usually no USB host in the device for connecting and transmitting signals. In this configuration, the mobile device is a host device and serves as the "main device" that controls the communication link from the host. This connection is generally used to transmit display data to the client (forward traffic and connection). ). In this interface, the host computer enables the host computer to receive communication data from the server. -21-This paper is standard paper towel g g standard (CNS) A4 specification (21GX 297 public love) 577208
(反向通信量或連結),藉由傳送特別的指令或封包型仏用戶 鳊’以允許它接管匯流排一段特定期間,並將資料傳送至 主機作為反向封包。如圖3所示,其中稱為封裝封包 類型(討論如下)係用來容納傳送連結上反向封包的傳送以 便建立反向連結。分配給主機輪詢資料顯示的時間間隔係(Reverse traffic or link), by sending a special command or packet type “user 鳊’ ”to allow it to take over the bus for a certain period of time and send the data to the host as a reverse packet. As shown in Figure 3, the type called encapsulation (discussed below) is used to accommodate the transmission of reverse packets on the transmission link in order to establish the reverse link. The time interval assigned to the host polling data display is
由主機預先決定,並且還合枏媸々杜—A 1且足㈢根據各特定應用的條件來決 定。這種類型的半雙工雙向資料傳送,特別適用於沒有 USB埠可傳送用戶端資訊和資料時的情況。Predetermined by the host, and also combined with Du-A 1 and sufficient to determine the conditions for each particular application. This type of half-duplex, two-way data transfer is especially suitable when there is no USB port to transmit client information and data.
Type-U彳面傳送信號相#適用於膝上型電腦和桌上型電 腦的應用,其中USB介面廣泛受到大部份主機板或是其他 硬體的支援,以及作業系統軟體的支援。使用新增的腦 介面’就能夠使用”隨插即用”功能並且能夠很容易地設定 應用裝置。包含USB也允許-般指令、狀態、音效資料等 的雙向流動,同時用於用戶端裝置的影像和音效資料,可 利用低功率和高速的雙絞線傳輸。電力可以利用其他的線 路傳送,如下所討論。利用USB々面的本發明具體實施 例,允迕在一組導體之上咼速傳輸,同時,主要在usB連 線上實現訊號傳送及控制,在不使用以及消耗少量電力 時,會被關閉。 USB介面是廣泛使用於數據機和個人電腦設備的標準, USB介面和其操作的細節在本行業中眾所周知,所以此處 不加以解釋。在USB介面方面,主機和顯示之間的通信, 符合2.0版的通用序列匯流排規格。在使用Type_u介面的 應用中,USB是主要的信號傳送通道以及可能的語音傳回 -22- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)Type-U 彳 面 送 信号 相 # is suitable for laptop and desktop computers. The USB interface is widely supported by most motherboards or other hardware, as well as operating system software. With the new interface, you can use the “plug and play” function and set up the application device easily. The inclusion of USB also allows bidirectional flow of general instructions, status, and sound effects data. It is also used for user-side devices' image and sound effects data, which can be transmitted using low-power and high-speed twisted pair cables. Power can be transmitted using other lines, as discussed below. The specific embodiment of the present invention using a USB interface allows rapid transmission over a group of conductors, and at the same time, mainly implements signal transmission and control on the usB connection, and is turned off when not in use and consumes a small amount of power. The USB interface is a standard widely used in modems and personal computer equipment. The details of the USB interface and its operation are well known in the industry, so they are not explained here. As for the USB interface, the communication between the host and the display complies with the 2.0 version of the universal serial bus specification. In the application using Type_u interface, USB is the main signal transmission channel and possible voice return -22- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)
裝Hold
線 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(20 ) 通道,主機可以選擇是否透過MDDI序列資料訊號,來輪詢 用戶端。· 具有HDTV類型或者類似高解析度的高效能顯示器,需要 约1.5 Gbp速率資料流,才能支援全動晝影像。Type-II介 面支援高資料率的方法是平行傳送2位元,Type-Ill介面則 是平行傳送4位元,Type-IV介面能夠平行傳送8位元。 MDDI使用的協定,允許Type-I、-II、-III或-N主機,協 商可使用的最高資料率,以便與Type-I、-II、-III或-IV 的用戶端或顯示通訊。被視為最無法使用的裝置之能力或 可用功能,係用來設定連結的效能。通常,即使是主機和 用戶端都能夠使用Type-II,Type-III,或Type-IV介面的 系統,兩者也都從Type-I介面開始運作。接著,主機決定 目標用戶端和顯示器的功能,並且協商Type-II、Type-III、或Type-IV任一模式的交遞或是重新組態運作,視特 定應用裝置而定。 通常主機可能會使用適當的連結層協定(以下將進一步討 論),並且在任何時候減速或再度重新組態運作為較慢的模 式,以便節省電力,或者是增快為較快的模式,以便支援 較高速率傳送,例如在用於較高解析度顯示内容時。例 如,當顯示系統從電力來源例如像電池切換為AC電源時, 主機可能會變更顯示模式,或是當顯示媒體的來源切換為 較低或較高的解析度格式時,或者是這些或其他情況或事 件的組合,都可能視為變更顯示或資料傳送模式的原因。 當系統傳遞資料時,也可以在某一方向使用某一模式, -23- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(21 ) 而在另一方向上使用另一種模式·。例如,Typ e IV介面模式 可用來以高速將資料傳送到顯示器,而當從周邊裝置例如 像鍵盤或是指標裝置,傳送資料到主機裝置時,則使用 Type I 或 Type U模式。 C·實醴介面結構 建立主機和用戶端裝置之間通信的裝置或是連結控制器 的一般位置,如圖4和5所示。在圖4和5中,所顯示的 MDDI連結控制器402,安裝在主機裝置202内,MDDI 連結控制器404則安裝在用戶端裝置204内。和之前一 樣,主機202連接到用戶端204,使用包含一組導體的雙 向通信通道406。如下所討論,主機和用戶端連結控制器 都可使用單電路設計的積體電路,該電路可加以設定,調 整或者是程式化,以便當作主機控制器(驅動器)或是用戶端 控制器(接收器)。由於單電路裝置都是量產製造,所以成本 較低。 在圖4中,USB主機裝置401和USB用戶端裝置410係 用來實現Type U介面版的MDDI。實現這類功能的電路和 裝置在本行業中眾所周知,所以此處不作進一步的說明。 在圖5中,所顯示的MDDI連結控制器502,安裝在主機 裝置202’内,MDDI連結控制器504則安裝在用戶端裝置 204’内。和之前一樣,主機202’連接到用戶端204’,藉由 包含一組導體的雙向通信通道5 06。如之前曾討論過,主 機和用戶端連結控制器都可利用單電路設計方法來製造。 在主機和用戶端之間傳送的訊號,例如在MDDI連結上 24- 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(22 ) 的顯示裝置訊號,或是所使用的實際導體訊號,都如圖4和 5所示。如圖4和5所示,經由MDDI傳送資料的主要路徑或 機制,使用標示為MDDI—DataO+/-和MDDI Stb+Λ的資 料訊號。這些訊號都是低電壓的資料訊號,且透過纜線上 的差分線路組加以傳送。在介面上傳送的每個位元,只會 在MDDI一DataO組或MDDI Stb組上轉移一次。這是以電 壓為基礎的傳送機制而不是以電流為基礎,所以靜電電流 的消耗接近零。主機使MDDI_Stb信號朝向用戶端顯示 器。 當資料可以在MDDI_Data資料組上以正向和反向兩方向 流動時,也就是說它是雙向傳送路徑時,主機即為資料連 結控制器的主導者。MDDI DataO和MDDI Stb信號路徑 都以差分模式運作,以提升雜訊免除能力。這些線路上訊 说的"k料速率都由於主機傳送的時脈速率來決定,變動範 圍約為1 kbps至400 Mbps以上。 除了 Type-I的資料組或導體或路徑以外,Type-II介面 退包含額外的資料組或導體或路徑’稱為MDDI_Datal+/· 。除了 Type-Π介面的資料組或信號路徑以外,Type-In介 面還包含兩個額外的資料組或信號路徑,分別稱為 MDDI一Data2+/-和 MDDI—Data3+/-。除了 Type-III 介面 的資料組或信號路徑以外,Type-IV介面還包含四個額外的 資料組或信號路徑,分別稱為MDDI_Data4 + /-、 MDDI一Data5+/-、MDDI—Data6+/-、和 MDDI—Data7+/-。在以上介面組態中,主機使用標示為MDDI_Pwr和 -25- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)Line 577208 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (20) Channel, the host can choose whether to poll the client via MDDI serial data signal. · HDTV type or similar high-resolution high-performance display requires a data stream of about 1.5 Gbp to support full-motion day-time images. The Type-II interface supports high data rates by transmitting 2 bits in parallel, the Type-Ill interface transmits 4 bits in parallel, and the Type-IV interface can transmit 8 bits in parallel. The protocol used by MDDI allows Type-I, -II, -III, or -N hosts to negotiate the highest data rate that can be used to communicate with clients or displays of Type-I, -II, -III, or -IV. The capabilities or available features of a device considered the least available are used to set the performance of the link. Generally, even if the host and client can use the Type-II, Type-III, or Type-IV interface system, both will start from the Type-I interface. Then, the host determines the functions of the target client and the display, and negotiates the handover or reconfiguration of any of Type-II, Type-III, or Type-IV modes, depending on the specific application device. Usually the host may use the appropriate link layer protocol (discussed further below) and slow down or reconfigure at any time to operate in a slower mode to save power, or to increase to a faster mode to support Higher rate transfers, such as when used to display content at higher resolutions. For example, when the display system is switched from a power source such as a battery to AC power, the host may change the display mode, or when the source of the display media is switched to a lower or higher resolution format, or these or other circumstances Or a combination of events may be considered as the reason for changing the display or data transfer mode. When the system transmits data, a certain mode can also be used in a certain direction. -23- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (21) Use another mode in one direction. For example, the Type IV interface mode can be used to transfer data to the display at high speed, and when transferring data from a peripheral device such as a keyboard or pointing device to the host device, use Type I or Type U mode. C. Real Interface Structure The general location of the device or connection controller that establishes communication between the host and client devices is shown in Figures 4 and 5. In FIGS. 4 and 5, the MDDI connection controller 402 is shown installed in the host device 202, and the MDDI connection controller 404 is installed in the client device 204. As before, the host 202 is connected to the client 204, using a bidirectional communication channel 406 containing a set of conductors. As discussed below, both the host and client connection controllers can use integrated circuits with a single circuit design. The circuit can be set, adjusted, or programmed to act as a host controller (driver) or client controller ( receiver). Since the single circuit devices are all mass-produced, the cost is lower. In FIG. 4, the USB host device 401 and the USB client device 410 are used to implement the MDDI of the Type U interface. Circuits and devices that implement this type of function are well known in the industry, so no further explanation is provided here. In FIG. 5, the MDDI connection controller 502 is shown installed in the host device 202 ', and the MDDI connection controller 504 is installed in the client device 204'. As before, the host 202 'is connected to the client 204' via a two-way communication channel 506 containing a set of conductors. As previously discussed, both the host and the client-side controller can be manufactured using a single circuit design method. The signal transmitted between the host and the client, such as on the MDDI connection. 24- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Display of the description of the invention (22) The device signals, or the actual conductor signals used, are shown in Figures 4 and 5. As shown in Figures 4 and 5, the main path or mechanism for transmitting data via MDDI uses data signals labeled MDDI-DataO +/- and MDDI Stb + Λ. These signals are low-voltage data signals and are transmitted through differential line sets on the cable. Each bit transmitted on the interface will only be transferred once in the MDDI-DataO group or the MDDI Stb group. This is based on a voltage-based transmission mechanism rather than a current-based mechanism, so the static current consumption is close to zero. The host directs the MDDI_Stb signal towards the user display. When the data can flow in the MDDI_Data data set in both forward and reverse directions, that is, when it is a bidirectional transmission path, the host is the master of the data connection controller. Both the MDDI DataO and MDDI Stb signal paths operate in differential mode to improve noise immunity. The data rates quoted on these lines are determined by the clock rate transmitted by the host, and the range of variation is about 1 kbps to more than 400 Mbps. In addition to Type-I data sets or conductors or paths, the Type-II interface contains additional data sets or conductors or paths' called MDDI_Datal + / ·. In addition to the data sets or signal paths of the Type-Π interface, the Type-In interface also contains two additional data sets or signal paths, called MDDI-Data2 +/- and MDDI-Data3 +/-, respectively. In addition to the data sets or signal paths of the Type-III interface, the Type-IV interface also contains four additional data sets or signal paths, called MDDI_Data4 +/-, MDDI_Data5 +/-, MDDI_Data6 +/-, and MDDI_Data7 +/-. In the above interface configuration, the host uses MDDI_Pwr and -25- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm)
裝 訂Binding
線 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(23 ) MDDI 一 Gnd的線路組或訊號,傳送電力至用戶端或是顯示 器。 一般僅適用Type-u組態的傳送類型為MDDI USB連接 或信號路徑。MDDI USB連接包含一次要路徑,用於主機 和用戶端顯示器之間的通信。在某些應用中,最好以極低 的資料速率在主機和用戶端之間傳送某些資訊。使用USB 傳送連結,允許沒有MDDI連結控制器但有USB主機或有限 主機功能的裝置,得以與MDDI相容的用戶端或配備有 Type-U介面的顯示器通訊。能夠在USB介面上傳送資訊至 顯示器的範例為:靜態點陣圖、數位音效流、指標裝置資 料、鍵盤資料、以及控制和狀態資訊。透過USB介面所支 援的所有功能,都可利用主要的MDDI高速序列資料路徑來 實現。當上述定義的資料(請見以下封包)可以透過USB介面 傳送時’以背對背封包形式鏈結資料的要求,並不適用這 類USB介面,也不適用使用支援MDDI交遞封包的情況。 下表I為根據介面類型,說明在MDDI連結上主機和用戶 端之間傳送信號的概要。 装 訂Line 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (23) MDDI-A Gnd line group or signal that transmits power to the client or display. Generally, only Type-u configured transmission type is MDDI USB connection or signal path. The MDDI USB connection contains a secondary path for communication between the host and the client display. In some applications, it is desirable to transfer some information between the host and the client at a very low data rate. The use of a USB transmission link allows devices without a MDDI connection controller but with a USB host or limited host function to communicate with MDDI-compatible clients or displays equipped with a Type-U interface. Examples of information that can be sent to the display on the USB interface are: static bitmaps, digital audio streams, pointing device data, keyboard data, and control and status information. All functions supported through the USB interface can be implemented using the main MDDI high-speed serial data path. When the above-defined data (see the following packet) can be transmitted through the USB interface, the requirement of linking data in the form of a back-to-back packet does not apply to this type of USB interface, nor does it apply to the use of MDDI to deliver packets. The following table I is a summary of the signals transmitted between the host and the client on the MDDI connection according to the interface type. Binding
線line
Tvpe-I MDDIPwr/Gnd MDDT--Stb+/- MDDI_DataO+/- Tvpe-U MDDIPwr/Gnd MDDl Stb+ATvpe-I MDDIPwr / Gnd MDDT--Stb +/- MDDI_DataO +/- Tvpe-U MDDIPwr / Gnd MDDl Stb + A
Tvpe-II MDDI—Pwr/Gnd MDDl一 Stb+/-MDDI_DataO+/-MDDI Data 1+/-Tvpe-II MDDI—Pwr / Gnd MDDl-Stb +/- MDDI_DataO +/- MDDI Data 1 +/-
Type-III MDDI—Pwr/Gnd MDDl—Stb+/-MDDI—DataO+/-MDDI:Datal+/-MDDI:Data2+/-MDDl"Data3+AType-III MDDI—Pwr / Gnd MDDl—Stb +/- MDDI—DataO +/- MDDI: Datal +/- MDDI: Data2 +/- MDDl " Data3 + A
Tvpe-IV MDDIJPwr/Gnd MDDl一 Stb+/-MDDI—DataO+/-MDDI_Datal+/-MDDI—Data2+/-MDDI_Data3+/-MDDI Data4+/- -26· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(24 ) MDDI Data0+/_ MDDfuSB+A MDDI一Data5+/-MDDI一Data6+/-MDDI Data7+/-Tvpe-IV MDDIJPwr / Gnd MDDl-Stb +/- MDDI—DataO +/- MDDI_Datal +/- MDDI—Data2 +/- MDDI_Data3 +/- MDDI Data4 +/- -26 · This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 (Mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (24) MDDI Data0 + / _ MDDfuSB + A MDDI_Data5 +/- MDDI_Data6 +/- MDDI Data7 +/-
一般用來實現上述結構和運作的纜線實際上實際上長度 約為1 · 5公尺’並包含三組導體雙絞線,每一組都是具有多 條線的30 AWG線路。包覆著箱屏蔽覆蓋物,或形成上述 三組雙絞線,作為額外的漏極線路。雙絞線和屏蔽漏極導 體在顯示器接頭終止,有一屏蔽連接至顯示器的屏蔽(用戶 端)’並且有一絕緣層,覆蓋整條纜線,在本行業中眾所周 知。該線路的配對方式為:MDDI—Gnd和MDDI—Pwr ; MDDI—Stb+ 和 MDDI 一 Stb- ; MDDI_DataO+ 和 MDDI—DataO- ; MDDI一Datal+ 和 MDDI-Datal-;等 等。纜線的實際直徑為3.0公釐,阻抗為85 ohms ± 10%, DC電阻每1〇〇〇英呎為110歐姆。信號傳播速度應為 0_66c,經過纜線後最大延遲小於約8 .0 nsec ° D·資料類型和速率 為了達到完整的使用者經驗和應用介面,行動數位資料 介面(MDDI),支援各種不同的顯示器和顯示資訊、音效轉 換器、鍵盤、指標裝置、以及許多其他的輸入裝置,該裝 置都可能整合至行動顯示裝置中或者與行動顯示裝置共同 使用’再加上控制資訊及以上各項的組合。該MDD介面係 設計成能夠配合各種不同使用基本數量纜線或導體,以正 向或反向連結的任一方向上,在主機和用戶端之間傳送的 潛在類型資料流。同時支援等時串流和非同步串流(更新)。 許多資料類型組合都是可行的,只要聚集後的資料速率低 -27- U張尺度適用中國國家森準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ' ^The cable generally used to achieve the above structure and operation actually has a length of approximately 1.5 meters' and contains three sets of conductor twisted pairs, each of which is a 30 AWG line with multiple wires. Cover the box shield cover or form the three sets of twisted pairs described above as additional drain lines. Twisted pair and shield drain conductors terminate at the display connector, have a shield connected to the shield (user end) of the display, and have an insulation layer covering the entire cable, as is well known in the industry. The pairing methods of this line are: MDDI_Gnd and MDDI_Pwr; MDDI_Stb + and MDDI_Stb-; MDDI_DataO + and MDDI_DataO-; MDDI_Datal + and MDDI-Datal-; etc. The actual diameter of the cable is 3.0 mm, the impedance is 85 ohms ± 10%, and the DC resistance is 110 ohms per 1,000 feet. The signal propagation speed should be 0_66c, and the maximum delay after the cable is less than about 8. 0 nsec ° D. Data Type and Rate In order to achieve a complete user experience and application interface, the mobile digital data interface (MDDI) supports a variety of different displays And display information, audio converters, keyboards, pointing devices, and many other input devices, the device may be integrated into or used with mobile display devices, plus control information and combinations of the above. The MDD interface is designed to be used with a variety of different types of cables or conductors in a forward or reverse connection in either direction. It is a potential type of data stream transmitted between the host and the client. Supports both isochronous streaming and asynchronous streaming (update). Many data type combinations are feasible, as long as the data rate after aggregation is low. -27- U scale is applicable to China National Forest Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) '^
kk
577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(25 ) 於或是等於所需的最大MDDI連結速率。這些可以包括,但 不限於以下表II和表ΠΙ所列的項目。577208 A7 B7 5. Invention Description (25) is equal to or equal to the required maximum MDDI connection rate. These can include, but are not limited to, the items listed in Tables II and III below.
表II 傳送至用戶端 影像資料 720x480、12位元、30分s 〜124.5Mbps 的立體音效資料 44.1kHz、16位元、立體聲 〜1.4 Mbps 非同步的圖形資料 800x600、12位元、l〇fs, 立體聲 〜115.2 Mbps 非同步的控制 最少的 « 1.0 MbpsTable II: Stereo audio data of 720x480, 12-bit, 30 minutes s ~ 124.5Mbps transmitted to the client-side video data 44.1kHz, 16-bit, stereo ~ 1.4 Mbps asynchronous graphic data 800x600, 12-bit, 10fs Stereo ~ 115.2 Mbps Asynchronous control with minimal «1.0 Mbps
表III ^ 用戶端傳送至主機 等時的聲音資料 8 kHz、8位元 « 1.0 Mbps 等時的影像資料 640x480、12位元、24f/s 〜88.5 Mbps 非同步的狀態、使用者輸 入等 最少的 « 1.0 Mbps 該介面並非固定不變的,而是可以延伸以提供適應未來 系統的彈性,所以它可以支援各種資訊”類型”的傳送,其 中包括使用者定義資料。可以配合的特定資料範例包括: 全動晝影像,可以是全部或部分螢幕點陣圖或是經過壓縮 的影像;低速的靜態點陣圖,可節省電力並減少實現的成 本;各種解析度或速率的PCM或經過壓縮的音效資料;指 標裝置的位置和選項,以及功能尚待定義的使用者定義資 料。這類資料也可以和控制或是狀態資訊一起傳送,以便 偵測裝置功能或是設定作業參數。 本發明使用於資料傳輸時可改善的技藝包括但不限於以 -28- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 577208 A7 _B7__ 五、發明説明(26 ) 下各項:觀看影片(影像顯示和音效),使用具有有限檢視的 個人電腦(.圖形顯示,有時與影像和音效結合),包括:在個 人電腦、主控台、或個人裝置上打電動(動晝圖形顯示,或 合成影音)、在網際網路上「唱歌」,使用具有影像電話形 式的裝置(雙向低速的影音),包括:用於靜態數位圖片的照 相機、用於擷取數位影像影像的攝影機,用於提升生產力 或娛樂用途方面,包括:行動電話、智慧型電話或PDA。 以下將討論行動資料介面,該介面可透過通信或傳送連 結提供大量A-V型資料,通常會組態為線路或是纜線型的 連結。但是,顯而易見的是,信號結構、協定、時序、或 者是傳送機制都可以調整為光學或是無線媒體型式的連 結,只要它可以提供所需之傳送。 MDD介面信號使用的觀念稱為共通訊框(Common Frame ; CF),可用於基本信號協定或結構。使用共通訊框 背後的概念是要為同時發生的等時資料流提供同步脈衝。 顯示裝置能使用此種共通訊框率作為時間參考。低速的CF 藉由減少架空以傳送子訊框標頭來增加通道效率。另一方 面,高速CF則減少等待時間,並允許較小的彈性資料緩衝 區用於音效樣本。本發明介面的CF速率為動態可程式化, 並可設定成許多數值,以便用於特定應用中的等時串流。 也就是說,會視需要選擇最適合已知顯示裝置和主機組態 的CF值。 每一共通訊框一般所需的位元組數,可針對最可能用於 某一應用的等時資料流來調整或程式化,例如表IV所示的 -29- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(27 ) 頭戴式微型顯示器。Table III ^ Audio data transmitted from the client to the host, etc. 8 kHz, 8-bit «1.0 Mbps, etc. Video data 640x480, 12-bit, 24f / s ~ 88.5 Mbps Asynchronous status, minimal user input, etc. «1.0 Mbps The interface is not fixed, but can be extended to provide flexibility for future systems, so it can support the transmission of various types of information, including user-defined data. Examples of specific data that can be matched include: full motion day images, which can be all or part of the screen bitmap or compressed images; low-speed static bitmaps, which can save power and reduce implementation costs; various resolutions or rates PCM or compressed audio data; location and options for pointing devices, and user-defined data whose features are yet to be defined. This type of data can also be transmitted with control or status information to detect device functions or set operating parameters. Techniques that can be improved when the present invention is used for data transmission include, but are not limited to, -28- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 577208 A7 _B7__ V. Description of the invention (26) The following items: Watch videos (video display and sound effects), use a personal computer with limited viewing (graphic display, sometimes combined with video and sound effects), including: power on a personal computer, console, or personal device (moving day graphics Display, or synthesizing audio and video), "singing" on the Internet, using devices with video phone format (two-way low-speed video and audio), including: cameras for still digital pictures, cameras for capturing digital video images For productivity or entertainment purposes, including: mobile phones, smartphones or PDAs. The mobile data interface is discussed below. This interface can provide a large amount of A-V data through communication or transmission connections. It is usually configured as a line or cable connection. However, it is obvious that the signal structure, protocol, timing, or transmission mechanism can be adjusted to an optical or wireless media type connection as long as it can provide the required transmission. The concept of MDD interface signals is called Common Frame (CF), which can be used for basic signal protocols or structures. The concept behind using a common communication frame is to provide synchronization pulses for simultaneous isochronous data streams. The display device can use this common communication frame rate as a time reference. Low-speed CF increases channel efficiency by reducing overhead to transmit sub-frame headers. High-speed CF, on the other hand, reduces latency and allows smaller flexible data buffers for sound samples. The CF rate of the interface of the present invention is dynamically programmable and can be set to many values for use in isochronous streaming in specific applications. That is, the CF value that best fits the known display device and host configuration will be selected as needed. The number of bytes generally required for each communication frame can be adjusted or programmed for the isochronous data stream that is most likely to be used in an application, such as shown in Table IV. -29- This paper scale applies Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (27) Head-mounted miniature display.
表IV 共通訊框率丨 (CFR) = 1200 Hz X Y 位元 訊框率 通道 速率 (Mbps) 位元組 /CFR DVD影片 720 480 12 30 1 124.4 12960 立體圖形 800 600 12 10 2 115.2 12000 攝影機 640 480 12 24 1 88.5 9216 CD音樂 1 1 16 44100 2 1.4 147 聲音 1 1 8 8000 1 0.1 6.7 使用簡單的可程式M/N計數結構,即可輕易得到每一共通 訊框的位元組分數算式。舉例來說,要實現每CF有26-2/3 位元組,就是在傳送2訊框的27位元組時,各訊框之後都 要接著一訊框的26位元組。可選擇較小的CF速率,每CF 即可產生整數的位元組數。但是,一般而言,就用來部份 或完全實現本發明的積體電路晶片區域而言,在硬體上實 現簡單的M/N算式所需的區域,要比較大的音效樣本FIFO 緩衝區所需的區域來得小。 以下用來說明不同資料傳送速率和資料類型的影響之範 例應用為卡拉0K系統。就卡拉0K而言,系統使用者跟隨 著音樂影像節目唱歌。歌詞出現在螢幕的下方,所以使用 者知道要唱的歌詞,以及歌曲大約的時間。這項應用需要 偶而更新畫面的影像顯示,以及使用者的聲音與立體音效 串流混合在一起。 假設共通訊框率為300 Hz,則每一 CF將包括:有 -30- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7___ 五、發明説明(28 ) 92,160位元組的影像内容以及588位元組的音效内容(根 據147個16位元的立體聲樣本)透過正向連結傳送至顯示 裝置,且平均29.67(26-2/3)位元組的聲音,從麥克風傳回 至移動式卡拉OK機器。非同步封包在主機和顯示器之間傳 送。這最多含768位元組的圖形資料(四分之一螢幕的高 度),少於約200位元組(若干)用於各種的控制和狀態指 〇 表V顯示卡拉OK範例中共通訊框内的資料配置。所使用 的總速率選定為約225 Mbps。略微高的速率226 Mbps允 許每子訊框另外傳送約400位元組的資料,這樣就可以偶 而使用控制或狀態訊息。Table IV Common communication frame rate 丨 (CFR) = 1200 Hz XY bit frame rate channel rate (Mbps) bytes / CFR DVD movie 720 480 12 30 1 124.4 12960 stereo graphics 800 600 12 10 2 115.2 12000 camera 640 480 12 24 1 88.5 9216 CD music 1 1 16 44 100 2 1.4 147 Sound 1 1 8 8000 1 0.1 6.7 Using simple programmable M / N counting structure, you can easily get the bit component number calculation formula for each common communication frame. For example, to achieve 26-2 / 3 bytes per CF, when transmitting 27 bytes of 2 frames, each frame must be followed by 26 bytes of one frame. You can choose a smaller CF rate, and each CF can produce an integer number of bytes. However, in general, in terms of the area of the integrated circuit chip used to partially or completely implement the present invention, the area required to implement a simple M / N expression on hardware requires a relatively large sound sample FIFO buffer. The required area comes small. The following examples are used to illustrate the impact of different data transfer rates and data types on the Kara0K system. In the case of karaoke, the system users sing along with the music video program. The lyrics appear at the bottom of the screen, so the user knows the lyrics to sing and the approximate time of the song. This application requires occasionally updating the image display of the screen and mixing the user's voice with the stereo audio stream. Assuming a total communication frame rate of 300 Hz, each CF will include: -30- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7___ V. Description of the invention (28) 92 , 160-bit video content and 588-bit audio content (based on 147 16-bit stereo samples) are transmitted to the display device through a forward link, with an average of 29.67 (26-2 / 3) bytes. The sound is transmitted back from the microphone to the mobile karaoke machine. Asynchronous packets are transmitted between the host and the display. This contains up to 768 bytes of graphic data (a quarter of the screen's height) and less than about 200 bytes (several) for various controls and status indicators. Table V shows the communication box in the Karaoke example. Information configuration. The total speed used is selected to be approximately 225 Mbps. The slightly higher rate of 226 Mbps allows approximately 400 bytes of data to be transmitted per sub-frame, which allows occasional use of control or status messages.
表V 元件速率 位元組/CF 64〇x48〇圖素和3〇fi)s的音樂影像 92160 640 X 120圖素和1 fjps的歌詞文字 768 CD音效,44,100 sps,立體聲,16 位元 588 聲音,8,000sps,單音,8位元 26.67 子訊框標頭 19 反向連結架空 26.67+2*9+20 總位元組/CF 93626.33 速率總和(Mbps) 224.7032 E.連結層 使用MDD介面高速序列資料訊號所傳送的資料,包括彼 此相連結的時間多工封包串流。即使當傳送裝置沒有資料 可以傳送,MDDI連結控制器也會自動傳送填充封包,因此 -31 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)Table V Component rate bytes / CF 64 × 48 × pixels and 30 fps) music video 92160 640 X 120 pixels and 1 fjps lyrics text 768 CD sound effects, 44,100 sps, stereo, 16-bit 588 sound 8,000sps, single tone, 8-bit 26.67 sub-frame header 19 reverse link overhead 26.67 + 2 * 9 + 20 total bytes / CF 93626.33 Sum of speed (Mbps) 224.7032 E. Link layer uses MDD interface high-speed sequence The data sent by the data signal includes time-multiplexed packet streams connected to each other. The MDDI link controller will automatically send the filling packet even when the transmission device has no data to transmit, so -31-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)
線 577208 A7 _B7_._ 五、發明説明(29 ) 也維持了封包流。使用簡單的封包結構,可以確保具有可 靠的影音信號或是資料流的等時時序。 包含在訊號元件或是結構中的封包群組被稱為子訊框, 而包含在訊號元件或結構内的子訊框群組則稱為媒體訊 框。子訊框包含一個或一個以上的封包,根據其個別不同 的大小和資料傳送用途而定,而媒體訊框必須包含一個以 上的子訊框。本發明所使用協定可提供的最大子訊框為 232- 1或4,294,967,295位元組,最大的媒體訊框大小則 成為216-1或65,535子訊框。 以下將討論出現在每一子訊框開頭、包含唯一識別項的 特殊標頭封包。當主機和顯示器之間的通信啟始時,該識 別項也用來取得用戶端裝置的訊框時序。以下將更進一步 討論連結時序取得。通常,在顯示全動晝影像時,每一媒 體訊框會更新一次顯示器。顯示框與媒體框的速率相同。 連結協定會根據應用,決定是要支援整個顯示器上的全 動晝影像,或小部份由靜態影像圍繞的全動晝影像内容。 在某些低功率的行動應用中,例如檢視網頁或電子郵件 時,顯示器只需要偶而更新。在這種情況下,最好先傳送 單一子訊框然後關閉連結,以簡省電力耗損。該介面也支 援立體影像特效,並可處理圖形基本單位。 子訊框能夠定時傳送具有高優先權的封包。這使得同步 的等時串流能夠與最小量的資料緩衝同時存在。這是本發 明為顯示流程提供的好處之一,可允許多個資料流(影像、 聲音、控制、,狀態、指標裝置等的高速傳輸)實際上共享 -32- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 577208 A7 _ B7_._ 五、發明説明(30 ) 公共通道。它使用相當少的信號來傳送資訊。並達到某些 顯示技術的效果,例如CRT螢幕的水平同步脈衝和消隱間 隔。 F.連結控制器 如圖4和5所示的MDDI連結控制器係生產或組合為完全 的數位實現,但用來接收MDDI資料和選通信號的差分線路 接收器除外。要實現連結控制器的硬體,不需要類比功能 或鎖相環(PLL)。主機和顯示連結控制器含有非常類似的功 能,但顯示介面除外,該介面包含連結同步的狀態機器。 因此,本發明可設計成能夠組態為主機或用戶端的單一控 制器,就整體而言,這樣能夠減少連結控制器的生產成 本。 IV.介面連結協定 A.訊框結構 圖6顯示用來實現封包傳送的正向連結通信之信號協定或 訊框結構。如圖6所示,組合為元件的資訊或數位資料稱 為封包。多個封包即可組合為一個”子訊框”,多個子訊框 可組合為一個”媒體”訊框。為了要控制訊框的形成以及子 訊框的傳送,每個子訊框都以特別預先定義的封包開始, 稱為子訊框標頭封包(SHP)。 主機裝置會為已知的傳送選擇所要使用的資料速率。此 速率可由主機裝置同時根據主機的最大傳送能力或主機擷 取自來源的資料,以及顯示器的最大能力或資料被傳送至 的其他裝置來動態變更。 -33- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(31 ) 設計成或能夠與MDDI或創新信號協定共同工作的接收用 戶端裝置,可接受主機查詢以決定最大值、目前最大值、 可使用的資料傳送率、或可使用的較慢預設最小速率、以 及可使用的資料類型及所支援的功能。此資訊可使用顯示 功能封包(DCP)來傳送,以下將進一步討論。用戶端顯示 裝置能夠以預先選定的最小資料率或是在最小資料率範圍 之内使用該介面以傳送資料或是與其他裝置通訊,而主機 則可以使用在這個範圍内的資料率來執行查詢,以便決定 用戶端裝置的全部功能。 定義點陣圖特性和顯示器影像框速率功能的其他狀態資 訊,可以在狀態封包中傳送給主機,所以主機可以視實際 扁要’在系統限制之内儘可能的以最有效率或是最佳化方 式來組態介面。 當目前的子訊框中沒有(更多)資料封包傳送時,或是當主 機的傳送速率無法跟上為正向連結所選擇的資料傳送速率 時,主機會傳送填充封包。由於每一個子訊框都以子訊框 標頭封包開始,所以前一個子訊框的結尾都包含一個完全 填入前一個子訊框的封包(最可能是填充封包)。若是沒有空 間承載封包本身的資料,填充封包最有可能填入子訊框的 最後一個封包,或是前二個子訊框的結尾以及某個子訊框 標頭封包之前。確保子訊框剩餘有足夠空間,使子訊框内 的每個封包都能傳送出去,是屬於主機裝置的控制作業。 同時,一旦主機裝置啟始了資料封包的傳送,主機必須要 能夠成功地完成訊框中該尺寸的封包,而不要發生資料在 -34- 577208 五、發明説明(32 ) 私底下執行的情況。 模式 在本發明具體實施例的某個觀 式。-個是循環子镇心 子訊框傳輸有兩種 疋谓衣子訊框极式,用來傳送即時的参立吉 流。在這個模式中’子訊框的長度定義為非零二:二 式是非同步或非循環模式,在這個模式中 ===供點陣陶給顯示裝置。這個= 疋義方式疋將子訊框標頭封包中的子訊 當使用循環模式時,若顯示器與正向連結框結構=, 會開始子訊框封包接收。這個對應到根據圖 態圖所定義,,同步中”妝離。产油η止 丨丁_的狀 我Τ狀態。在非同步非循環子訊框模式 中,在接收到第-子訊框標頭封包後即開始接收。 Β·整想的封包結構 以下將說明構成本發明所實現信號協定的封包格式或結 構,應記住,介面為可擴充的,並可視需要加入額外的= 包^冓。根據封包在介面中的功能,也就是指令或所傳送 的貝料’封包標示為,或區分為不同的"封包類型”。因 此,每種封包類型都表示一種已知封包的預先定義封包結 構,該結構可用來操控封包及所傳送的資料。顯而易見, 封包具有預先選定的長度,或根據其個別功能,具有可變 或動態變更的長度。不同封包中所使用的位元組或位元組 數值都組態為多位元(8_或16_位元)無記號整數。表¥1顯 不所使用封包及其代表”類型”的概要,按照類型排列。表 中同時標出有效的封包傳送方向,以及是否可用於Type_u 介面。 · -35- 本紙張财國Μ家標準(CNS) M規格(摩挪公爱) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(33 ) 表VI 封包名稱‘ 封包類型 有效方向 正向 反向 Type-U 子訊框標頭封包 255 X X 填充封包 0 X X 影像流封包 1 X X X 音效流封包 2 X X X 保留流封包 3-55 使用者定義流封包 56-63 X X X 色彩對應封包 64 X X X 反向連結封裝封包 65 X 顯示功能封包 66 X X 鍵盤資料封包 67 X X X 指標裝置資料封包 68 X X X 連結關閉封包 69 X 顯示要求和狀態封包 70 X X 位元區塊傳送封包 71 X X 點陣圖區域填入封包 72 X X 點陣圖案填入封包 73 X X 通信連結資料通道封包 74 X X X 介面型交遞要求封包 75 X 介面型確認封包 76 X 執行型交遞封包 77 X 正向音效通道啟用封包 78 X X 反向音效採樣速率封包 79 X X 數位内容保護架空封包 80 X X X 透明色彩啟用封包 81 X X 往返延遲測量封包 82 X 封包有共通的基本結構或基本的整組欄位,包括一封包 長度欄位、一封包型襴位、資料位元組欄位、以及一CRC 欄位,如圖7所示。如圖7所示,封包長度欄位含有多位元 或位元組值格式的資訊,可指定封包中位元總數或是封包 -36- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(34 =度欄位與CRC欄位間的長度。在本發明較佳具體實施例 效封包長度欄位含有_個16•位元或為2_位^組寬無記 u數’可指定封包長度。封包型棚位是另—個多位元棚 〃弋表封。内包含的訊息類型。在本發明的範例具體實 施例中’為8-位元或!位元組寬的值,格式以位元的無記 唬整數,指定這類資料類型為顯示功能、交遞、影像或音 效流、狀態等等。 第二個攔位為資料位元組,包含正在傳送或在主機和用 戶端裝置之間傳送的位元或資料。依照傳送資料的特定類 型,資料H係針對各封包類赌定義,並分割為一連串 額外,攔位’每-格式都有其自己的格式條件。也就是 說母封包類型都有此部份或此攔位的定義格式。最後 個襴位為CRC攔位,該欄位包含在資料位元組、封包 型、和封包長度欄位上計算16位元循環冗餘檢查的結果, 該襴位用來確認封包中資訊的完整性。換句話說,計算除 了⑽攔位本身以外的所有封包。通常用戶端會保留偵測 到的CRC錯誤總數,並將此數通報回顯示要求和狀態封包 中的主機(參見以下說明)。 在封包的傳送期間,攔位首先會從「最低有效位元」 (LSB)開始傳送,最後以「最高有效位元」(msb)結束傳 达。長度超過一位兀組的參數首先使用最低有效位元組傳 送,這導致長度大於8位元的參數使用使用相同的傳輸模 式,如同用於首先傳輸LSB的較短參數一樣。 MDDI—DataO信號路徑上的資料在以下任一模式下Type_ -37- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 _ _B7_._ 五、發明説明(35 ) I、Type_II、Type-III、或Type-IV,都會與介面上傳送的 位元0位元組排成一列。 在控制顯示器的資料時,首先從列開始傳送圖素資料, 然後是欄,就如同傳統的電子技術一般。換句話說,所有 出現在位元對應中相同列的圖素,其傳送方式,都是先從 最左側的圖素開始傳送,最後傳送最右側的圖素。在一列 最右側的圖素被傳送之後,接著傳送序列中的下一個圖素 將會是下一列最左側的圖素。對於大部份的顯示器而言, 圖素列一般都是以從上至下的順序來傳送,但是也可以視 需要採用其他組態。此外,在處理點陣圖時,傳統的方 法,也就是以下提及的方法,是要定義一參考點,也就是 將點陣圖的左上角標示為位置或偏移量”0,0”。用來定義或 決定點陣圖内位置的X和Y軸,當越靠近點陣圖右側及下侧 時,數值增加。第一列和第一欄從零值開始。 C.封包定義 1.子訊框標頭封包 子訊框標頭封包是每個子訊框的第一個封包,具有如圖8 所示的基本結構。如圖8所示,這類型的封包結構具有封包 長度、封包類型、唯一字、子訊框長度、協定版本、子訊 框計算、和媒體一訊框計算欄位,通常以此順序排列。這 類型的封包通常稱為Type 255(Oxff十六進位)封包並使用 預先選定的固定長度17位元組。 當封包型欄位使用1位元組值時,唯一字欄位使用3位 元組數值。這兩個襴位組合起來的4位元組,可形成具有良 -38- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7____ 五、發明説明(36 ) 好自動關聯性的32位元唯一字。實際上唯一字是 0x005a3bff,其中最低的8位元首先以封包類型傳送,接 著再傳送最高的24位元。 子訊框長度欄位含有4位元組的資訊,該資訊指定每子 訊框的位元組數。這個襴位的長度可設定為等於零,表示 連結關閉為閒置狀態之前,主機只能傳送一個子訊框。此 欄位中的值,在從某一子訊框轉移至下一個子訊框時,可 動態快速變更。這個功能非常有用,能夠使同步脈衝中的 次要時序調整成配合等時資料串流。如果子訊框標頭封包 的CRC無效,則連結控制器應使用前一個已知是好的子訊 框標頭封包的子訊框長度,評估目前子訊框的長度。 協定版本攔位含有2位元組,可指定主機使用的協定版 本。協定版本襴位設定成”0”,以指定所使用的第一個或目 前的協定版本。當建立新版本時,這個值將隨時間改變。 子訊框計數攔位含有2位元組,可指定序列數,該序列數 指出媒體訊框開始後已傳送的子訊框數。媒體訊框的第一 子訊框其子訊框計數為零。媒體訊框的最後一個子訊框其 值為η-1,其中η為每一媒體訊框中的子訊框數。應注意如 果子訊框長度設定為零(表示非循環子訊框),則子訊框計數 也必須設定為零。 媒體訊框計數欄位含有3位元組,可指定序列數,該序 列數指出目前媒體項目或資料開始後已傳送的媒體訊框 數。媒體項目的第一媒體訊框其媒體訊框計數為零。在每 一媒體訊框的第一子訊框之前,媒體訊框計數會漸增,且 -39- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五 發明説明(37 在使用最大的媒體訊框計數之後,會回歸為零(媒體一訊框 數224- 1 =· 16,777,215)。媒體一訊框計數值一般會由主機 隨時重設,以配合末端應用裝置的需求。 填充封包是當正向或反向連結上未傳送任何其他資訊時 傳送至用戶端裝置或從用戶端裝置傳送出來的封包。我們 建議填充封包要有最小的長度即可,才能在傳送其他封 包時有最大的彈性。在子訊框或反向連結封裝封包的最末 端(請參見如下),連結控㈣設定填人其餘空_填充封包 的大小’以維持封包的完整性。 填充封包的格式和内容如圖9所示。如圖9所示,這類 封包的結構包含封包長度、封包類型、填充位it組,和 CRC搁位。這類型的封包一般稱為〇,在工位元組類 型欄位中指出。填充位元組攔位中的位以是位元組,包 含數目可變更的全部為零位元值,使得填充封包成為所需 要的長度。最小的填充封包中沒有位元組攔位。也就是 說,封包僅包含封包長度、封包類型,和CRC,並使用預 先選定的固定長度3位元組。 ^預 :像^封包承載影像資料以更新顯示裝置的不規則矩形 ::。這個區域的大小可以小至-個圖素的大小,大至整 ㈣大小。同時顯示的串流數幾乎是沒有限制,僅 =:資源,因為顯示串流所需的所有内容都包含: L匕之内°景’像流封包的格式(影像資料格式描述子) •40- 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(38 ) 如圖10所示。請參見圖10,此類型的封包結構包括封包長 度、封包類型、影像資料描述子、顯示屬性、X左緣、Y上 緣、X右緣、Y下緣、以及X和Y起點、圖素計數、參數 CRC、圖素資料、和CRC欄位。這類型的封包一般稱為 Type 1,在1位元組類型襴位中指出。 上述討論的共通訊框觀念是縮小音效緩衝區大小及減少 等待時間的有效方式。但是,對影像資料而言,可能必須 將影像訊框的圖素擴充到媒體訊框中的多個影像流封包。 也有可能單一影像流封包中的圖素無法完全對應到顯示器 上的正矩形視窗。以每秒30個訊框的影像訊框率為例,每 秒有300個子訊框,可導致每一媒體訊框有10個子訊框。如 果每一訊框有480列圖素,則每一子訊框中的每一影像流封 包將包含48列圖素。在其他的情形中,影像流封包可能不 會包含整數列數的圖素。這也適用其他影像訊框大小,每 一媒體訊框的子訊框數,不一定均分為每影像訊框若干列 數(稱為影像線路)。每影像流封包一定含有整數圖素,即使 它不一定包含整數列數的圖素。如果每一封包的圖素超過 一位元組以上,或如果圖素具有封包型格式,如圖12所示 時,這特別重要。 使用格式和内容以實現上述影像資料描述符欄位的作 業,如圖11a-lid所示。在圖lla-Ud中,影像資料格式描 述子襴位包含具有16位元無記號整數格式的2位元組,指 定目前封包目前串流的圖素資料中,每一圖素的格式。可 能不同的串流(由串流ID襴位指定)會使用不同的圖素資料 -41 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208Line 577208 A7 _B7 _._ 5. The invention description (29) also maintains the packet flow. Using a simple packet structure can ensure reliable isochronous timing of audio and video signals or data streams. The group of packets contained in a signal component or structure is called a sub-frame, and the group of sub-frames contained in a signal component or structure is called a media frame. A sub-frame contains one or more packets, depending on its size and data transfer purpose. The media frame must contain more than one sub-frame. The maximum sub-frame provided by the protocol used in the present invention is 232-1 or 4,294,967,295 bytes, and the largest media frame size is 216-1 or 65,535 sub-frames. The following sections discuss special header packets that appear at the beginning of each sub-frame and contain unique identifiers. When the communication between the host and the display starts, this identification item is also used to obtain the frame timing of the client device. The link timing acquisition is discussed further below. Normally, when displaying full motion daytime images, the display is updated once per media frame. The display box has the same rate as the media box. Depending on the application, the link agreement determines whether to support full-motion day-time images on the entire display, or a small portion of full-motion day-time image content surrounded by static images. In some low-power mobile applications, such as when viewing web pages or emails, the display only needs to be updated occasionally. In this case, it is best to send a single sub-frame and then close the link to save power consumption. The interface also supports stereo image effects and can handle basic graphics units. The sub-frame can transmit packets with high priority at regular intervals. This allows simultaneous isochronous streaming to coexist with a minimum amount of data buffering. This is one of the benefits provided by the present invention for the display process, which allows multiple data streams (high-speed transmission of images, sounds, controls, status, indicator devices, etc.) to be actually shared -32- This paper standard applies Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 577208 A7 _ B7 _._ V. Description of the invention (30) Public channel. It uses relatively few signals to transmit information. And achieve the effect of some display technologies, such as the horizontal synchronization pulse and blanking interval of the CRT screen. F. Link Controllers The MDDI link controllers shown in Figures 4 and 5 are produced or combined as a complete digital implementation, except for differential line receivers used to receive MDDI data and strobe signals. To implement the controller hardware, no analog function or phase-locked loop (PLL) is required. The host and display link controllers have very similar functions, except for the display interface, which contains the state machine for link synchronization. Therefore, the present invention can be designed as a single controller that can be configured as a host or a client. As a whole, this can reduce the production cost of the connected controller. IV. Interface Link Agreement A. Frame Structure FIG. 6 shows a signal protocol or frame structure for forward link communication for packet transmission. As shown in Figure 6, the information or digital data combined into a component is called a packet. Multiple packets can be combined into a “sub-frame”, and multiple sub-frames can be combined into a “media” frame. In order to control the formation of frames and the transmission of sub-frames, each sub-frame starts with a special predefined packet, called a sub-frame header packet (SHP). The host device selects the data rate to be used for the known transfer. This rate can be dynamically changed by the host device simultaneously based on the host's maximum transmission capacity or data retrieved from the source by the host, and the display's maximum capacity or other device to which the data is transmitted. -33- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (31) A receiving client device designed or capable of working with MDDI or innovative signal agreement, acceptable The host queries to determine the maximum, current maximum, usable data transfer rate, or slower default minimum rate that can be used, as well as the types of data that can be used and supported features. This information can be transmitted using a display function packet (DCP), which is discussed further below. The client display device can use the interface to send data or communicate with other devices at a preselected minimum data rate or within a minimum data rate range, and the host can use the data rate within this range to perform queries. In order to determine the full functionality of the client device. Other status information that defines the bitmap characteristics and the function of the display image frame rate can be transmitted to the host in a status packet, so the host can view the actual situation as efficiently as possible or optimized within the system limits Way to configure the interface. When there is no (more) data packet transmission in the current sub-frame, or when the host's transmission rate cannot keep up with the data transmission rate selected for the forward link, the host sends a padding packet. Since each sub-frame starts with a sub-frame header packet, the previous sub-frame ends with a packet (most likely a filled packet) that completely fills the previous sub-frame. If there is no space to carry the data of the packet itself, the filled packet is most likely to fill the last packet of the sub-frame, or the end of the first two sub-frames and before the header of a certain sub-frame. It is a control operation of the host device to ensure that there is enough space left in the sub-frame so that each packet in the sub-frame can be transmitted. At the same time, once the host device initiates the transmission of the data packet, the host must be able to successfully complete a packet of that size in the frame without the data being executed in private under 34-577208 V. Invention Description (32). Mode An aspect of a specific embodiment of the invention. -One is circular sub-centering. There are two types of sub-frame transmission, which are used to transmit real-time reference streams. In this mode, the length of the 'sub-frame' is defined as non-zero two: The second type is an asynchronous or non-cyclic mode. In this mode, === is used to provide dot matrix to the display device. This = Indeterminate method: The sub-message in the sub-frame header packet is used. When the loop mode is used, if the display and the forward link frame structure =, sub-frame packet reception will start. This corresponds to the definition according to the diagram, "synchronization" in the synchronization. The state of oil production η and 丨 _ status. In the non-synchronous acyclic sub-frame mode, the first sub-frame symbol is received. Receiving will start after the first packet. Β · Conceived packet structure The following will describe the packet format or structure that constitutes the signal protocol implemented by the present invention. It should be remembered that the interface is expandable, and additional = packets can be added as needed . According to the function of the packet in the interface, that is, the command or the shell material 'packet is marked as, or differentiated into different " packet types ". Therefore, each packet type represents a predefined packet structure of a known packet, which can be used to manipulate the packet and the data transmitted. Obviously, the packet has a pre-selected length, or a variable or dynamically changing length according to its individual function. The bytes or byte values used in different packets are configured as multi-bit (8_ or 16_ bit) unsigned integers. Table ¥ 1 shows a summary of the unused packets and their representative "types", arranged by type. The table also indicates the valid packet transmission direction and whether it is available for the Type_u interface. · -35- M paper standard (CNS) M specification (mano public love) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (33) Table VI Packet name 'Packet type effective direction forward and reverse Type-U newsletter Frame header packet 255 XX Fill packet 0 XX Video stream packet 1 XXX Sound stream packet 2 XXX Reserved stream packet 3-55 User-defined stream packet 56-63 XXX Color mapping packet 64 XXX Backlink package packet 65 X Display function packet 66 XX keyboard data packet 67 XXX pointing device data packet 68 XXX link closed packet 69 X display request and status packet 70 XX bit block transmission packet 71 XX dot pattern area fill packet 72 XX dot pattern fill packet 73 XX Communication link data channel packet 74 XXX interface type delivery request packet 75 X interface type confirmation packet 76 X execution type delivery packet 77 X forward sound channel enable packet 78 XX reverse sound sample rate packet 79 XX digital content protection overhead packet 80 XXX Transparent Color Enable Packet 81 XX Round Trip Delay Measurement Packet 82 X Packets have a total The basic structure or basic entire field of the communication includes a packet length field, a packet type field, a data byte field, and a CRC field, as shown in FIG. 7. As shown in Figure 7, the packet length field contains information in multi-bit or byte-value format. You can specify the total number of bits in the packet or the packet. -36- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (34 = the length between the degree field and the CRC field. In the preferred embodiment of the present invention, the packet length field contains _16 16 bits or 2_ bits. The number of bits ^ group width and unremembered u number 'can specify the packet length. The packet-type booth is another multi-bit booth cover. The type of information contained in it. In the exemplary embodiment of the present invention, it is 8- Bit or! Byte width value, formatted as a bitless integer, specifying this type of data as display function, delivery, video or audio stream, status, etc. The second stop is the data bit A tuple containing bits or data being transmitted or transmitted between the host and the client device. According to the specific type of data transmitted, the data H is defined for each packet type, and is divided into a series of additional, blocking 'per- The format has its own format conditions. That is, the parent packet class Type has this part or the definition format of this block. The last bit is the CRC block. This field contains a 16-bit cyclic redundancy check on the data byte, packet type, and packet length fields. As a result, this bit is used to confirm the integrity of the information in the packet. In other words, it calculates all packets except the block itself. Usually the client will keep the total number of CRC errors detected and report this number back Display the request and status of the host in the packet (see below). During the transmission of a packet, the block will start with the "least significant bit" (LSB) and end with the "most significant bit" (msb). Parameters with a length of more than one bit are transmitted using the least significant byte first, which results in the use of the same transmission mode for parameters longer than 8 bits, as with the shorter parameters used to transmit the LSB first. The data on the signal path is in one of the following modes: Type_ -37- This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 _ _B7 _._ V. Description of the invention (35) I, Ty pe_II, Type-III, or Type-IV will line up with the bit 0 bytes transmitted on the interface. When controlling the display data, first send pixel data from the column, and then the column, just like traditional The electronic technology is average. In other words, all the pixels appearing in the same column in the bit correspondence are transmitted from the leftmost pixel first, and finally the rightmost pixel. The rightmost of a column After the pixels are transmitted, the next pixel in the transmission sequence will be the leftmost pixel in the next column. For most displays, the pixel columns are generally in the order from top to bottom. Transfer, but other configurations can be used if required. In addition, when processing bitmaps, the traditional method, that is, the method mentioned below, is to define a reference point, which is to mark the upper left corner of the bitmap as the position or offset "0,0". The X and Y axes are used to define or determine the position in the bitmap. The values increase as you move closer to the right and lower sides of the bitmap. The first and first columns start with zero values. C. Packet definition 1. Sub-frame header packet The sub-frame header packet is the first packet of each sub-frame and has the basic structure shown in Figure 8. As shown in Fig. 8, this type of packet structure has packet length, packet type, unique word, sub-frame length, protocol version, sub-frame calculation, and media-frame calculation fields, which are usually arranged in this order. This type of packet is often called a Type 255 (Oxff hex) packet and uses a preselected fixed-length 17-byte byte. When the packet type field uses a 1-byte value, the unique word field uses a 3-byte value. The combination of these two niches can form a 4-byte group with good -38- This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7____ 5. Description of the invention (36) Good automatic Relevant 32-bit unique words. In fact, the unique word is 0x005a3bff, where the lowest 8 bits are transmitted first in the packet type, and then the highest 24 bits are transmitted. The sub-frame length field contains 4-byte information that specifies the number of bytes per sub-frame. The length of this bit can be set equal to zero, which means that the host can only send one sub-frame before the link is closed to idle state. The value in this field can be changed quickly and dynamically when moving from one sub-frame to the next. This function is very useful to adjust the secondary timing in the sync pulse to match the isochronous data stream. If the CRC of the sub-frame header packet is invalid, the link controller should use the sub-frame length of the previous known good sub-frame header packet to evaluate the current sub-frame length. The protocol version block contains 2 bytes, which can specify the protocol version used by the host. The protocol version bit is set to "0" to specify the first or current protocol version used. When creating a new version, this value will change over time. The sub-frame count block contains 2 bytes and can specify the number of sequences. This sequence number indicates the number of sub-frames that have been transmitted since the start of the media frame. The first sub-frame of a media frame has a sub-frame count of zero. The last sub-frame of a media frame has a value of η-1, where η is the number of sub-frames in each media frame. It should be noted that if the fruit frame length is set to zero (for acyclic sub-frames), the sub-frame count must also be set to zero. The media frame count field contains 3 bytes and can specify the number of sequences. The sequence number indicates the number of media frames that have been transmitted since the current media item or data started. The first media frame of a media item has a media frame count of zero. Before the first sub-frame of each media frame, the media frame count will increase gradually, and -39- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 Five inventions Explanation (37 After using the largest media frame count, it will return to zero (media-frame number 224-1 = 16,777,215). The media-frame count value is generally reset by the host at any time to match the end application device The requirement is that padding packets are packets sent to or from the client device when no other information is transmitted on the forward or reverse link. We recommend that padding packets have a minimum length before they can be transmitted. The other packets have the greatest flexibility. At the very end of the sub-frame or reverse link package (see below), the link control sets the size of the remaining blank_filled packet 'to maintain the integrity of the packet. The format and content of the packet are shown in Figure 9. As shown in Figure 9, the structure of this type of packet includes the packet length, packet type, padding group, and CRC stall. This type of packet is generally called 〇, indicated in the field byte type field. The bits in the padding byte block are bytes, and the number of all bits that can be changed is zero, making the padding packet the required length. Minimum There is no byte block in the filled packet. That is, the packet contains only the packet length, packet type, and CRC, and uses a pre-selected fixed length of 3 bytes. ^ Pre: like ^ The packet carries image data to update Irregular rectangle of the display device :: The size of this area can be as small as a pixel size or as large as a whole. The number of streams displayed at the same time is almost unlimited, only =: resources, because the stream is displayed All the required content includes: The format of the image stream packet (image data format descriptor) in the L dagger. • 40-577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (38) As shown in Figure 10. See Figure 10, This type of packet structure includes packet length, packet type, image data descriptor, display attributes, X left edge, Y top edge, X right edge, Y bottom edge, and X and Y starting points, pixel count, parameter CRC, map Prime information, and CRC fields. The type of packet is generally called Type 1, which is indicated in the 1-bit type nibble. The concept of the communication box discussed above is an effective way to reduce the size of the sound buffer and reduce the waiting time. However, for video data, it is possible The pixels of the image frame must be expanded to multiple image stream packets in the media frame. It is also possible that the pixels in a single image stream packet cannot fully correspond to the regular rectangular window on the display. At 30 frames per second The image frame rate is an example. There are 300 sub frames per second, which can result in 10 sub frames per media frame. If each frame has 480 columns of pixels, each image in each sub frame Stream packets will contain 48 columns of pixels. In other cases, image stream packets may not contain an integer number of pixels. This also applies to other image frame sizes. The number of sub-frames of each media frame is not necessarily divided into several rows per image frame (called the image line). Each video stream packet must contain integer pixels, even if it does not necessarily contain pixels with an integer number of columns. This is especially important if the pixels of each packet are more than one byte or if the pixels have a packet-type format, as shown in Figure 12. The format and content are used to implement the above-mentioned image data descriptor field, as shown in Figures 11a-lid. In FIGS. 11a-Ud, the image data format description sub-bit contains a 2-byte with a 16-bit unsigned integer format, which specifies the format of each pixel in the pixel data of the current packet stream. It is possible that different streams (designated by the stream ID bit) will use different pixel data. -41-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 577208
格式,也就是說,使用不同的影像資料格式描述子數值, 且同樣地·,任意串流都可快速改變其資料袼式。影像資料 格式描述子只定義目前封包的圖素格式,這並不意味特定 影像串流會一直使用相同的格式。 "' 圖11 a至11 d說明影像資料格式描述子的編碼方式。如這 些附圖所示,當位元[15:13]等於,,000,,時,如圖= 示,影像資料會包含-組單色圖素,其中每_圖素的位元 數由影像資料格式描述子文字的位元3至〇所定義。在這個 情況下,位元11至4設定為零。而當位元[15:13】等於 ”〇〇1”時,如圖11b所示,影像資料會包含一組彩色圖 素,且每一圖素都透過色彩對應指定顏色。在這種情形 下,影像資料格式描述子字的位元5至〇會定義每圖素的位 元數,且位元11至6設定等於零。而當位元[15:13]等於 ”010”時,如圖11c所示,影像資料包含一組彩色圖素, 其中紅色圖素的位元數由位元1;1至8定義,綠色圖素的位元 數由位元7至4定義,藍色圖素的位元數由位元3至〇所定 義。在這種情形下,每一圖素的位元總數就等於紅、綠和 藍色所使用位元數的總和。 但是,當位元[15:13]等於,,〇11”時,如圖11(1所示,影 像資料包含一組有亮度和色度資訊且格式為4:2:2的影像資 料,其中圖素亮度(Y)的位元數由位元11至8定義,Cr元件 的位元數由位元7至4定義,Cb元件的位元數由位元3至〇所 定義。每一圖素的位元總數就等於紅、綠和藍色所使用位 元數的總和。Cr和Cb元件的傳送速率為γ的一半。除此之 -42- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7Format, that is, using different image data format descriptor values, and similarly, any stream can quickly change its data format. The image data format descriptor only defines the pixel format of the current packet, which does not mean that a particular image stream will always use the same format. " 'Figures 11a to 11d illustrate the encoding method of the image data format descriptor. As shown in these figures, when the bit [15:13] is equal to 10,000, as shown in the figure, the image data will contain-a set of monochrome pixels, where the number of bits per pixel is determined by the image Data format descriptors are defined by bits 3 to 0. In this case, bits 11 to 4 are set to zero. When bit [15:13] is equal to "〇〇1", as shown in Fig. 11b, the image data will contain a set of color pixels, and each pixel corresponds to the specified color through color. In this case, bits 5 to 0 of the image data format description subword define the number of bits per pixel, and bits 11 to 6 are set equal to zero. When bit [15:13] is equal to "010", as shown in Figure 11c, the image data contains a set of color pixels, where the number of bits of red pixels is defined by bits 1; 1 to 8, and the green image The number of bits of a pixel is defined by bits 7 to 4, and the number of bits of a blue pixel is defined by bits 3 to 0. In this case, the total number of bits per pixel is equal to the sum of the number of bits used for red, green, and blue. However, when bit [15:13] is equal to, 〇11 ", as shown in Figure 11 (1), the image data contains a set of image data with luminance and chrominance information in a format of 4: 2: 2, where The number of bits of pixel brightness (Y) is defined by bits 11 to 8, the number of bits of Cr element is defined by bits 7 to 4, and the number of bits of Cb element is defined by bits 3 to 0. Each picture The total number of prime bits is equal to the sum of the number of bits used for red, green, and blue. The transfer rate of Cr and Cb elements is half of γ. In addition to this -42- This paper standard applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7
外’此封包的圖素資料部份中的影像樣本,安排如下: :Crn、‘ Cbn ' γη+1、Yn”、、丫…、····· / ^和^與L和^有關,且〇Γη + 2和% + 2與 n + 2和Yn + 3有關,依此類推。如果目前串流中某一列有奇 數的圖素(X右緣—χ左緣+ i),對應到每—列中最後一 個圖素的Cb值將緊接在下_列第—圖素的丫值之後。 對於附圖中顯示的四種格式,位元12由”P,,代表,指示 圖素資料樣本是否封裝,或是否是位元組對齊的圖素資 料。本欄位巾的’’G”表示每-圖素以及圖素資料攔位中每一 圖素内的母顏色都與MDDI介面位元組邊界位元組對齊。 ”1”則表示每一圖素以及圖素資料中每一圖素内的每一顏 色,都對應到未留下未使用位元圖素内的前-圖素或顏色 來加以封裝。 " 特定顯示窗的第-影像流中的第一圖素將進入由乂偏移量 和Y偏移量疋義的串流窗的左上角,且接收到的下圖素將放 置在相同列的下一圖素位置,依此類推。若要加速此作 業,顯示器必須使”下一圖素列和欄,,計數與每一作用中的 影像流ID建立關聯。 4.音效流封句. 音效流封包承載透過顯示器系統或獨立型展示裝置播放 出來的音效資料。不同的音效資料流可分配給音響系統中 個別的音效通道,例如:根據所使用的音效系統類型,可 分配給左前、右前、中央、左後、和右後。音效通道的完 整補充音程也可提供給包含增強型環繞音響信號處理的耳 -43- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(2i〇X297公爱)Outside 'The image samples in the pixel data part of this packet are arranged as follows:: Crn,' Cbn 'γη + 1, Yn ",, ah ..., ......... / ^ and ^ are related to L and ^, And 0Γη + 2 and% + 2 are related to n + 2 and Yn + 3, and so on. If there is an odd number of pixels in a column in the current stream (X right edge-x left edge + i), it corresponds to each The Cb value of the last pixel in the column will immediately follow the y value of the first pixel in the next column. For the four formats shown in the figure, bit 12 is represented by "P", indicating a sample of pixel data Whether to encapsulate, or whether it is byte-aligned pixel data. The "G" in this field indicates that each pixel in each pixel and the pixel color in the pixel data block are aligned with the MDDI interface byte boundary bytes. "1" means each image Pixels and each color in each pixel in the pixel data corresponds to the pre-pixels or colors in the unused bit pixels that have not been left for encapsulation. &Quot; The first image stream of a specific display window The first pixel in will enter the upper left corner of the streaming window defined by 乂 offset and Y offset, and the received lower pixel will be placed at the next pixel position in the same column, and so on To speed up this operation, the display must associate "the next pixel row and column, and the count with each active stream ID. 4. Audio stream packet. The audio stream packet carries audio data played through the display system or a stand-alone display device. Different audio data streams can be assigned to individual audio channels in the audio system. For example, depending on the type of audio system used, it can be assigned to left front, right front, center, left rear, and right rear. The complete supplementary interval of the sound channel can also be provided to the ears that include enhanced surround signal processing. -43- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2iOX297)
裝 訂Binding
線 577208Line 577208
機。音效流封包的格式如圖13所示。如圖13所示,這類 封包的結構包含封包長度、封包類型、音效通道⑴、音效 樣本計數、每-樣本的位元和封裝、音效採樣速率、參數 CRC、數位音效資料、和音效資料CR(:欄位。此類型的 封包一般稱為Type 2封包。 每樣本位元和封裝攔位包含8位it無記號整數的i位元 組’可私疋曰效貝料的封裝格式。一般採用的格式為位元4 至0定義每-PCM音效樣本的位元數。位元5指定數位音效 資料樣本是㈣裝4裝和位元組對齊的音效樣本間的差 異如圖14所示。,,〇”表示數位音效資料襴位中每—pcM音效 樣本都與MDDI介面位元組邊界位元組對齊,”丨,,表示每一 連續的PCM音效樣本都對應前一音效樣本來加以封裝。只 有當位元4至〇中所定義的值(每一 pCM音效樣本的位元數) 不是八的倍數時,此位元才為有效。位元7至6保留供未來 使用,一般設定為零。 留流封包 封包類型3至55均保留,以供定義未來版本或變型封包協 定的串流封包,可供未來遇到的不同應用裝置使用。從這 裏又再度印證,相較於其他技術,本技藝可使MDD介面更 有彈性’且在面對變化萬千的技術和系統設計時,較為有 用。 用者定義流封包 八種資料流類型,稱為Types 5 6至63,均保留供專屬濟 用使用’當設備製造商要結合MDDI連結使用時,即可加以 -44 - 國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 五、發明説明( 42 ) A7 B7 :義°沒些封包稱為使用者定義流封包。影像流封包承載 衫像資料以更新顯示裝置的矩形(或非矩形)區域。這些封包 型的串流參數和資料定義,都保留給特定設備製造商尋 求其專屬用途時使用。使用者定義流封包的格式如圖15所 不。如圖15所示,這類封包的結構包含封包長度、封包類 型、串流ID編號、串流參數、參數cRc、串流資料、和 串流資料CRC攔位。 k色彩針應刼白 衫色對應封包可指定用來呈現顯示器顏色的色彩對應查 詢表的内容。當應用的資料量大於單一封包可傳送的資料 量時,就需要色彩對應。在這些情況下,可傳送多個色彩 對應封包,藉由使用下述的偏移量和長度攔位,每一封包 具有不同的色彩對應子集。色彩對應封包的格式如目16所 示。如圖16所示,這類封包的結構包含封包長度、封包類 型、色彩對應資料大小、色彩對應偏移量、參數CRC、彩 色對應資料、和資料CRC欄位。此類型的封包一般稱為 Type 64 封包。 8.反向連結封奘刼白. 資料使用反向連結封裝封包在反向方向上傳送。在正向 連結封包傳送之後,MDDI連結作業(傳送方向)在該封包i 中改變或轉向了,封包就會以反向方向傳送。反向連結封 裝封包的格式如圖17所示。如圖17所示,這類封包的結 構包含封包長度、封包類型、反向連結旗號、轉向長度、 參數CRC、轉向1、反向資料封包、和轉向2。此類型的封 -45- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(43 ) 包一般稱為Type 65封包。 MDDI連結控制器在傳送反向連結封裝封包以特殊方式 作用。MDD介面具有一定由主機所驅動的選通信號。主機 的作用方式,就像它將零傳送到反向連結封裝封包的轉向 和反向資料封包部份的每一位元。主機於兩次轉向和分配 給反向資料封包的期間内切換每一位元邊界的MDDI選通 信號。(這個動作與傳送全部零資料的動作相同)。主機在轉 向1指定的週期内停用其MDDI資料信號線路驅動器,用戶 端則在轉向2攔位指定週期後的驅動器重新啟用欄位期間, 重新啟用其線路驅動器。顯示器讀取轉向長度參數,並在 轉向1欄位的最後一個位元之後,立刻驅使資料信號傳向主 機。顯示器使用封包長度和轉向長度參數來瞭解它能夠將 封包傳送至主機的時間長度。用戶端在沒有資料傳送至主 機時,可傳送填充封包或使資料線路為零。若驅使資料線 路為零,主機會將此情況解釋為封包的長度為零(非有效的 長度),且主機在目前的反向連結封裝封包期間不會接受任 何其他來自用戶端的封包。 顯示器在轉向2攔位開始之前的至少一反向連結時脈週 期,驅使MDDI資料線為零階。這使得資料線在轉向2期間 保持在決定性的狀態。如果用戶端沒有任何封包要傳送, 它可能在驅使封包為零之後停用資料線,因為休眠偏壓電 阻器(將在其他地方討論)會在剩餘的反向資料封包欄位期 間,保持資料線在零階。 顯示要求和狀態封包的反向連結要求攔位可用來通知主 -46- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 ___B7_._ 五、發明説明(44 ) 機,顯示器傳送資料回主機時在反向連結封裝封包中所需 之位元組數。主機藉由在反向連結封裝封包上分配至少談 數量的位元組來試圖允許該要求。主機可在子訊框内傳送 一個以上的反向連結封裝封包。顯示幾乎可以隨時傳送顯 示要求和狀態封包,且主機會將反向連結要求參數解釋為 子訊框内所要求的位元組總數。 9. 顯示功能封包 主機需要知道與之通信的顯示器(用戶端)的功能,以便以 最佳或普遍所需的方式來組態主機對顯示器的連結。本發 明建議在取得正向連結同步後,顯示器傳送顯示功能封包 至主機。當主機使用反向連結封裝封包中的反向連結旗號 提出要求時,這類封包的傳送被視為必要的。顯示功能封 包的格式如圖1 8所示。如圖1 8所示,此類封包結構包含 封包長度、封包類型、協定版本、最小協定版本、點陣圖 寬度、點陣圖晝面高度、單色功能、色彩對應功能、RGB 功能、Y Cr Cb功能、顯示特性功能、資料率功能、訊框 率功能、音效緩衝區深度、音效串流功能、音效速率功 能、最小子訊框率、和CRC欄位。此類型的封包一般稱為 Type 66 封包。 10. 鍵盤資料封包 鍵盤資料封包用於將資料從用戶端裝置傳送至主機。無 線(或有線)鍵盤可與不同顯示器或音效裝置結合使用,包 括但不限於,頭戴式影像顯示器/音效呈現裝置。鍵盤資料 封包將接收自若干已知類似鍵盤裝置的鍵盤資料,轉接至 -47- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 577208 A7 ______B7 五、發明説明(45 ) 主機。此封包也能在正向連結上將資料傳送至鍵盤。鍵盤 貝料封包的格式如圖19所示,且包含來自或用於鍵盤的數 置可變的貢訊位元組。如圖19所示,這類封包的結構包含 封包長度、封包類型、鍵盤資料,和CRC襴位。此類型的 封包一般稱為Type 67封包。 標裝置資斜扭白. 指標裝置資料封包用來將位置資訊從無線滑鼠或顯示器 的其他指標裝置傳送至主機。資料也可使用這個封包在正 向連結上傳送至指標裝置。指標裝置資料封包的格式如圖 20所示,且包含來自或用於指標裝置的數量可變的資訊位 元組。如圖20所示,這類封包的結構包含封包長度、封包 類型、指標裝置資料,和CRC攔位。這類型的封包一般在 1位元組類型攔位中被稱為Type 68封包。 这連結關閉刼紅 連結關閉封包係從主機傳送至用戶端顯示器,指*mddi 資料和選通即將關閉,進入低功率消耗「休眠」狀態。這 個封包可用來在靜態點陣圖從行動通信裝置傳送至顯示器 之後,或暫時沒有進一步的資訊從主機傳送至用戶端時, 關閉連結並節省電力。當主機再度傳送封包時,即恢復正 常作業。休眠後傳送的第一個封包為子訊框標頭封包。顯 示狀態封包的格式如圖21所示。如圖21所示,這類封包 的結構包含封包長度、封包類型、和CRC攔位。這類型的 封包通常在1位元組欄位内被稱為Type 69封包,並使用預 先選定的固定長度3位元組。 ' -48 - 577208 A7 B7五、發明説明(46 ) 在低功率休眠狀態下,會停用MDDI資料驅動器並進入 高阻抗狀態,系統使用可由顯示器過度驅動的高阻抗偏移 網路,將MDDI_Data信號拉至邏輯零狀態。介面所使用的 選通信號設定為休眠狀態下的邏輯零,以減少電力耗損。 主機或顯示器都會導致MDDI連結從他處曾述及的休眠狀 態”醒來”,這是本發明重要的改進之處及優點。 13.顯示要求和狀態封包 主機需要有關顯示器的少量資訊,才能以最佳方式組態 主機對顯示器的連結。本發明建議每一子訊框都傳送一個 顯示狀態封包至主機。顯示器會將此封包當作反向連結封 裝封包中的第一個封包傳送,以確保該封包會可靠地傳送 至主機。顯示狀態封包的格式如圖22所示。如圖22所 示,這類封包的結構包含封包長度、封包類型、反向連結 要求、CRC錯誤計數、和CRC欄位。這類型的封包通常 在1位元組欄位内被稱為Type 70封包,並使用預先選定的 固定長度7位元組。 反向連結要求欄位可用來通知主機,顯示器傳送資料回 主機時在反向連結封裝封包中所需之位元組數。主機應藉 由在反向連結封裝封包中分配至少該數量的位元組來試圖 允許該要求。主機可在子訊框内傳送一個以上的反向連結 封裝封包,以容納資料。顯示器可以隨時傳送顯示要求和 狀態封包,且主機會將反向連結要求參數解釋為子訊框内 所要求的位元組總數。有關反向連結資料如何傳回主機的 其他細節和特定範例,將稍後說明。 -49- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)machine. The format of the audio stream packet is shown in Figure 13. As shown in Figure 13, the structure of this type of packet includes packet length, packet type, audio channel, audio sample count, bit and packaging per sample, audio sampling rate, parameter CRC, digital audio data, and audio data CR (: Field. This type of packet is generally referred to as a Type 2 packet. Each sample bit and encapsulation block contains an 8-bit unsigned integer of i-bytes, which can be used as a private packaging format. Generally used The format is bits 4 to 0 to define the number of bits per -PCM sound sample. Bit 5 specifies that the digital sound data sample is a sound sample that is pre-installed and aligned with bytes, as shown in Figure 14. "," "Means that every -pcM sound effect sample in the digital sound data unit is aligned with the MDDI interface byte boundary byte," ", which means that each successive PCM sound effect sample is packaged corresponding to the previous sound effect sample. This bit is valid only if the value defined in bits 4 to 0 (the number of bits per pCM sound sample) is not a multiple of eight. Bits 7 to 6 are reserved for future use and are generally set to zero . Stream packets Types 3 to 55 are all reserved for defining future versions or variants of the packet stream protocol, and can be used by different applications in the future. From here again, this technology enables the MDD interface compared to other technologies More flexible 'and more useful in the face of changing technology and system design. The user defines eight types of data streams, called Types 5 6 to 63, which are reserved for exclusive use. Manufacturers can use -44-National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) when used in conjunction with MDDI connection. 5. Description of the invention (42) A7 B7: Meaning. No packets are called user-defined. Streaming packets. Video stream packets carry shirt-like data to update the rectangular (or non-rectangular) area of the display device. These packet-type streaming parameters and data definitions are reserved for specific device manufacturers when seeking their exclusive use. Users The format of the stream packet is shown in Figure 15. As shown in Figure 15, the structure of this type of packet includes packet length, packet type, stream ID number, stream parameter, parameter cRc, stream data, and stream. CRC stop of stream data. K color pin should be white shirt color corresponding packet can specify the content of the color mapping lookup table used to display the color of the display. When the amount of application data is greater than the amount of data that can be transmitted in a single packet, color mapping In these cases, multiple color-correspondence packets can be transmitted. Each packet has a different color-correspondence subset by using the offset and length blocks described below. The format of color-correspondence packets is shown in item 16. As shown in Figure 16, the structure of this type of packet includes packet length, packet type, color corresponding data size, color corresponding offset, parameter CRC, color corresponding data, and data CRC fields. This type of packet is generally called Type 64 packets. 8. Reverse Link Encapsulation White. Data is transmitted in the reverse direction using reverse link encapsulation packets. After the forward link packet is transmitted, the MDDI link operation (transmission direction) is changed or turned in the packet i, and the packet is transmitted in the reverse direction. The format of the reverse link packet is shown in Figure 17. As shown in Fig. 17, the structure of this type of packet includes packet length, packet type, reverse link flag, turn length, parameter CRC, turn 1, reverse data packet, and turn 2. This type of seal -45- This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (43) The package is generally called Type 65 package. The MDDI link controller operates in a special way in transmitting backlink encapsulated packets. The MDD interface has a strobe signal driven by the host. The host functions in the same way that it sends zeros to every bit of the reverse and reverse data packet portion of the reverse link packet. The host switches the MDDI strobe signal at each bit boundary during the two turns and allocated to the reverse data packet. (This action is the same as the action of sending all zero data). The host deactivates its MDDI data signal line driver within the period specified by turn 1. The client end re-enables its line driver during the re-enable field of the drive after the turn period specified by turn 2. The display reads the steering length parameter and immediately drives the data signal to the host after turning to the last bit of the 1st field. The display uses the packet length and turn length parameters to understand how long it can deliver a packet to the host. When no data is transmitted to the host, the client can send padding packets or make the data line zero. If the data line is driven to zero, the host will interpret this situation as the packet length is zero (invalid length), and the host will not accept any other packets from the client during the current reverse link encapsulation packet. The display is driven to at least one reverse-connected clock period before the turn 2 block starts, driving the MDDI data line to zero order. This keeps the data line in a decisive state during turn 2. If the client does not have any packets to send, it may disable the data line after driving the packet to zero, because the sleep bias resistor (to be discussed elsewhere) will keep the data line during the remaining reverse data packet fields At zero order. The display request and the status of the reverse link request block can be used to notify the master-46- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 ___ B7 _._ V. Description of the invention (44) The number of bytes required in the reverse link encapsulation packet when the display sends data back to the host. The host attempts to allow the request by allocating at least a few bytes on the reverse link encapsulation packet. The host can send more than one reverse link encapsulation packet in the sub-frame. The display can send display requests and status packets at almost any time, and the host interprets the reverse link request parameter as the total number of bytes requested in the sub-frame. 9. Display Function Packet The host needs to know the capabilities of the display (client) it is communicating with in order to configure the host-to-display connection in the best or generally required way. The present invention recommends that after the forward link synchronization is obtained, the display transmits a display function packet to the host. When the host makes a request using the reverse link flag in a reverse link encapsulation packet, the transmission of such a packet is considered necessary. The format of the display function packet is shown in Figure 18. As shown in Figure 18, this type of packet structure includes packet length, packet type, protocol version, minimum protocol version, bitmap width, bitmap day height, monochrome function, color corresponding function, RGB function, Y Cr Cb function, display feature function, data rate function, frame rate function, sound buffer depth, sound streaming function, sound rate function, minimum sub frame rate, and CRC fields. This type of packet is commonly referred to as a Type 66 packet. 10. Keyboard data packet The keyboard data packet is used to transfer data from the client device to the host. Wireless (or wired) keyboards can be used in combination with different displays or audio devices, including but not limited to head-mounted video displays / audio presentation devices. The keyboard data packet will be received from a number of known keyboard-like keyboard devices and transferred to -47- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X 297 mm) 577208 A7 ______B7 V. Description of the invention (45) Host. This packet can also send data to the keyboard on a forward link. The keyboard shell format is shown in Figure 19 and contains a number of variable tribute bytes from or for the keyboard. As shown in Figure 19, the structure of this type of packet includes packet length, packet type, keyboard data, and CRC bits. This type of packet is commonly referred to as a Type 67 packet. The target device is obliquely white. The pointing device data packet is used to transmit location information from the wireless mouse or other pointing device on the display to the host. Data can also be sent to the pointing device over this link using this packet. The format of the pointing device data packet is shown in Figure 20, and contains a variable number of information bytes from or for the pointing device. As shown in Figure 20, the structure of this type of packet includes packet length, packet type, index device information, and CRC block. This type of packet is generally called a Type 68 packet in a 1-byte type block. This link is closed. The red link-closed packet is sent from the host to the client display. It means that * mddi data and strobes will be closed and enter a low power consumption "sleep" state. This packet can be used to close the connection and save power after the static bitmap is transmitted from the mobile communication device to the display, or when no further information is transmitted from the host to the client. When the host sends the packet again, normal operation resumes. The first packet sent after hibernation is a sub-frame header packet. The format of the display status packet is shown in Figure 21. As shown in Figure 21, the structure of this type of packet includes packet length, packet type, and CRC block. This type of packet is usually called a Type 69 packet in a 1-byte field and uses a pre-selected fixed-length 3-byte. '-48-577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (46) In the low-power sleep state, the MDDI data driver will be disabled and enter a high-impedance state. The system uses a high-impedance offset network that can be overdriven by the display to convert the MDDI_Data signal. Pull to logic zero. The strobe signal used by the interface is set to logic zero in the sleep state to reduce power consumption. Both the host and the display will cause the MDDI link to "wake up" from the sleep state described elsewhere, which is an important improvement and advantage of the present invention. 13. Display requirements and status packets The host needs a small amount of information about the display in order to optimally configure the host-to-display connection. The present invention suggests that each sub-frame sends a display status packet to the host. The monitor will send this packet as the first packet in the reverse link packet to ensure that the packet will be reliably transmitted to the host. The format of the display status packet is shown in Figure 22. As shown in Figure 22, the structure of this type of packet includes the packet length, packet type, reverse link request, CRC error count, and CRC field. This type of packet is usually called a Type 70 packet in a 1-byte field and uses a pre-selected fixed-length 7-byte packet. The backlink request field can be used to notify the host, and the display sends the data back to the host as the number of bytes required in the backlink encapsulation packet. The host shall attempt to allow this request by allocating at least this number of bytes in the reverse link encapsulation packet. The host can send more than one backlink packet in the sub-frame to hold the data. The display can send display requests and status packets at any time, and the host interprets the reverse link request parameter as the total number of bytes required in the sub-frame. Additional details and specific examples of how backlink data is returned to the host are explained later. -49- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)
裝 ίΤInstall ίΤ
577208 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 14.位元區塊僂i关刼白 位元區塊傳送封包提供以任意方向捲動顯示區的方法。 有此功能的顯示器將在顯示功能封包的顯示器特色功能指 示攔位位元0之中’通報此功能。位元區塊傳送封包的格 式如圖23所示。如圖23所示,這類封包的結構包含封包 長度、封包類型 '左上X數值、左上γ數值、視窗寬 度、視窗咼度、視窗X移動、視窗γ移動、和Crc襴 位。這類型的封包通常稱為Type 71封包並使用預先選定 的固定長度15位元組。 某些攔位用來指示要移動的視窗左上角座標軸的又和γ 值、要移動的視窗的寬度和高度、以及視窗分別水平及垂 直移動時的圖素數。最後兩個攔位的值為正數時,將使得 視窗向右及向下移動,若為負數則使得視窗向左及向上移 動0 15.點障圖區娀埴入射紅 點陣圖區域填入封包提供能夠簡單地將顯示區啟始為單 一顏色的方法。有此功能的顯示器將在顯示功能封包的顯 示器特色功能指示襴位位元1之中,通報此功能。點陣圖 區域填入封包的格式如圖24所示。如圖24所示,這類封 包的結構包含封包長度、封包類型、左上X數值、左上γ數 值、視iS寬度、視窗南度、資料格式化描述子、圖素區域 填入數值、和CRC欄位。這類型的封包通常在1位元組欄 位内被稱為Type 72封包,並使用預先選定的固定長度17 位元組。 -50- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 裝 訂577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (14. Bit block 偻 i 刼 刼 White bit block transmission packet provides a method of scrolling the display area in any direction. A monitor with this function will display the feature of the function packet on the display Instruct block 0 to notify this function. The format of the bit block transmission packet is shown in Figure 23. As shown in Figure 23, the structure of this type of packet includes the packet length, packet type, 'top left X value, top left γ value, window width, window width, window X shift, window γ shift, and Crc bit. This type of packet is usually called a Type 71 packet and uses a pre-selected fixed-length 15-byte byte. Some blocks are used To indicate the coordinates of the upper left corner of the window to be moved and the γ value, the width and height of the window to be moved, and the number of pixels when the window is moved horizontally and vertically, respectively. When the values of the last two stops are positive, it will make The window moves to the right and down. If it is a negative number, the window moves to the left and up. 15. The dot barrier area 娀 埴 the incident red dot area is filled in the packet to provide a simple way to start the display area as a single The method of color. The display with this function will report this function in the display feature indication bit 1 of the display of the function packet. The format of the packet filled in the bitmap area is shown in Figure 24. As shown in Figure 24 It shows that the structure of this type of packet includes the packet length, packet type, upper left X value, upper left γ value, visual iS width, window southness, data formatting descriptor, pixel area filling value, and CRC field. This type The packet is usually called a Type 72 packet in a 1-byte field, and uses a pre-selected fixed-length 17-byte packet. -50- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Centimeters)
577208 A7 B7577208 A7 B7
圖案埴入射紅 點陣圖圖案填入封包提供能夠簡單地將顯示區啟始為預 先選定圖案的方法。有此功能的顯示器將在顯示功能封包 的顯不器特色功能指示齡位元2之中,㈣此功能。填 入圖:的左上角與要填入的視窗左上角對齊。如果要填入 的視窗比填人圖案寬或南’則圖案會水平或垂直重覆數次 乂真入視囪。最後重覆圖案的右方或下方會視需要戴斷。 如果視窗比填入圖案小,則填入圖案的右方或下方會被截 斷以適合視窗。 點陣圖案填入封包的格式如圖25所示。如圖Μ所示, 這類封包的結構包含封包長度、封包_、左上χ數值、 左上一 Υ數值、視窗寬度、視窗高度、圖案寬度、圖案高 f、、資料格式描述子、參數⑽、®案@素資料、和圖素 貝料CRC攔位。:^類型的封包一般在i位元組類型搁位中 被稱為Type 73封包。 料通道封句' 通錢結f料通道封包提供方絲具有高階運算功能的 ^不w <列如PDA ’能夠與例如像行動電話或無線資料埠 裝置的無線收發裝置通訊。在這種情形中,連結像 二於通U置和具有行動顯示的計算裝置之間方便的高速 ”面其中此封包藉由作業系統的資料連結層將資料傳送 至裝f |例來說’此封包可用於網路劉覽器、電子郵件 用^端或建置於行動顯示之内的整個PDA。有此功能的 顯示器將在顯示功能封包的顯示器特色功能指示欄位位元Pattern 埴 Incident Red Dot pattern fill packet provides a way to easily start the display area with a pre-selected pattern. The display with this function will be in the display feature packet indicating feature bit 2 of the display, and this function will not work. Fill figure: The upper left corner of the drawing is aligned with the upper left corner of the window to be filled. If the window to be filled is wider or south ’than the pattern, the pattern will repeat horizontally or vertically several times. The right or bottom of the repeating pattern will be worn off if necessary. If the window is smaller than the fill pattern, the right or bottom of the fill pattern is truncated to fit the window. The format of the packet filled with dot pattern is shown in Figure 25. As shown in Figure M, the structure of this type of packet includes packet length, packet_, upper-left value, upper-left value, window width, window height, pattern width, pattern height f, data format descriptor, parameter ⑽, ® Case @ 素 数据, and 图 素 贝 料 CRC stop. The: ^ type of packet is generally referred to as a Type 73 packet in the i-bit type stall. The material channel seals 'pass money knots. The material channel packets provide square wires with high-order computing functions. ^ No w < columns such as PDA' can communicate with wireless transceivers such as mobile phones or wireless data port devices. In this case, the connection is as convenient as a high-speed connection between a two-way device and a computing device with a mobile display. This packet sends data to the device through the data link layer of the operating system. For example, 'this The packet can be used for web browser, e-mail client or the entire PDA built into the mobile display. The display with this function will display the feature indication field of the display of the function packet
打 »IHit »I
577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(49 ) 3之中,通報此功能。 通信連結資料通道封包的格式如圖26所示。如圖26所 示,這類封包的結構包含封包長度、封包類型、參數 CRC ,通訊連結資料,和通信資料CRC攔位。這類型的 封包一般在類型欄位中被稱為Type 74封包。 18.介面型交遞要求封包 介面類型交遞要求封包能夠讓主機要求用戶端或顯示器 從現有或目前模式轉換至Type-I(序列)、Typ卜π(2-位元 並列)、Type-III(4-位元並列)、或τγρ^ιν(844元並列) 模式。主機在要求特定模式時,會先檢查位元6和7的顯示 功能封包的顯示特色功能指示器攔位,以綠認顯示器能夠 在希望的模式下作業。介面型交遞要求封包的格式如圖27 所示。如圖27所示,這類封包的結構包含封包長度、封包 類型、介面類型,和CRC欄位。這類型的封包通常稱為 Type 75封包並使用預先選定的固定長度4位元組。 11.介面甸碹認封包 介面型確認封包由顯示器傳送,用來確認接收到介面型 交遞封包。所要求的模式,Type-I(序列)、Type-n(2-位 元並列)、Type-III(4-位元並列)、或Τγγ·ιν(8^元並列) 模式’會傳回主機作為此封包中的參數。介面型確認封包 的格式如圖28所示。如圖28所示,這類封包的結構包含 封包長度、封包類型、介面類型,和CRC攔位。這類型的 封包通常稱為Type 76封包並使用預先選定的固定長度4 位元組。 -52- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準(CNS) A4規格(210 x 297公釐)577208 A7 B7 5. In the description of the invention (49) 3, notify this function. The format of the communication link data channel packet is shown in Figure 26. As shown in Figure 26, the structure of this type of packet includes packet length, packet type, parameter CRC, communication link data, and communication data CRC block. This type of packet is generally called a Type 74 packet in the Type field. 18. Interface Type Delivery Request Packet Interface Type Delivery Request Packet enables the host to request the client or display to switch from the existing or current mode to Type-I (sequence), Typ (π-bit parallel), Type-III (4-bit juxtaposition), or τγρ ^ ιν (844 yuan juxtaposition) mode. When the host asks for a specific mode, it will first check the display function bits of bits 6 and 7 of the display function packet. The green recognition display can work in the desired mode. The format of the interface-based delivery request packet is shown in Figure 27. As shown in Figure 27, the structure of this type of packet includes the packet length, packet type, interface type, and CRC field. This type of packet is often called a Type 75 packet and uses a preselected fixed-length 4-byte byte. 11. Interface recognition packet The interface type confirmation packet is sent by the display to confirm the receipt of the interface type delivery packet. The required mode, Type-I (sequence), Type-n (2-bit juxtaposition), Type-III (4-bit juxtaposition), or Tγγ · ιν (8 ^ juxtaposition) mode 'will be returned to the host As a parameter in this packet. The format of the interface type confirmation packet is shown in Figure 28. As shown in Figure 28, the structure of this type of packet includes packet length, packet type, interface type, and CRC block. This type of packet is usually called a Type 76 packet and uses a pre-selected fixed-length 4-byte. -52- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm)
黎 ί · trLei tr
577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(50 ) 20. 執行型交遞封包 執行型交遞封包是主機命令顯示器交遞至本封包指定模 式的方法。此封包模式將與介面型交遞要求封包和介面型 確認封包先前所要求及確認的模式相同。傳送此封包後, 主機和顯示器會切換為雙方同意的模式。在模式變更期 間,顯示器可能遺失或重新獲得連結同步。執行型交遞封 包的格式如圖29所示。如圖29所示,這類封包的結構包 含封包長度、封包類型、介面類型,和CRC欄位。這類型 的封包通常在1位元組欄位内被稱為Type 77封包,並使用 預先選定的固定長度4位元組。 21. 正向音效通道啟用封包 這個封包允許主機啟用或停用顯示器内的音效通道。此 功能的作用為··當主機未輸出音效時,顯示器(用戶端)可關 閉音效發大器或類似電路元件的電源,以節省電力。僅僅 藉由有音效流或無音效流,會很難實現。顯示系統開機時 的預設狀態為啟用所有音效通道。正向音效通道啟用封包 的格式如圖30所示。如圖30所示,這類封包的結構包含 封包長度、封包類型、音效通道啟用罩、和CRC欄位。這 類型的封包通常在1位元組欄位内被稱為Type 78封包,並 使用預先選定的固定長度4位元組。 22. 反向音效採樣速率封包 這個封包允許主機啟用或停用反向連結音效通道,並設 定這個串流的音效資料採樣速率。主機會選擇顯示功能封 包中定義為有效的採樣速率。如果主機選擇無效的採樣速 -53- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 裝 訂577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (50) 20. Executable delivery package The executeable delivery package is a method in which the host commands the display to deliver to the specified mode of this packet. This packet mode will be the same as the interface-type handover request packet and interface-type acknowledgement packet previously required and acknowledged. After transmitting this packet, the host and display will switch to the mutually agreed mode. The display may lose or regain link synchronization during the mode change. The format of the execution delivery packet is shown in Figure 29. As shown in Figure 29, the structure of this type of packet includes packet length, packet type, interface type, and CRC field. This type of packet is usually called a Type 77 packet in a 1-byte field and uses a pre-selected fixed-length 4-byte field. 21. Forward Audio Channel Enable Packet This packet allows the host to enable or disable the audio channel in the display. The function of this function is: · When the host computer does not output sound effects, the display (user side) can turn off the power of the sound effect amplifier or similar circuit components to save power. It can be difficult to achieve just with or without audio streaming. Shows that the default state when the system is powered on is that all audio channels are enabled. The format of the forward sound channel enable packet is shown in Figure 30. As shown in Figure 30, the structure of this type of packet includes the packet length, packet type, audio channel enable mask, and CRC field. This type of packet is usually called a Type 78 packet in a 1-byte field and uses a pre-selected fixed-length 4-byte. 22. Reverse Audio Sample Rate Packet This packet allows the host to enable or disable the reverse link audio channel and set the audio data sample rate for this stream. The host chooses to display the sampling rate defined as valid in the function packet. If the host chooses an invalid sampling speed -53- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297mm) binding
線 577208 A7 __B7__ 五、發明説明(51 ). 率,則顯示器將不傳送音效串流給主機。藉由將採樣速率 設定為25 5,主機可停用反向連結音效串流。顯示系統已開 機或已連接至顯示系統時的預設狀態為停用反向連結音效 串流。反向音效採樣速率封包的格式如圖31所示。如圖 31所示,這類封包的結構包含封包長度、封包類型、音效 採樣速率、和CRC襴位。這類型的封包通常稱為Type 79 封包並使用預先選定的固定長度4位元組。 23. 數位内容保護架空封包 這個封包允許主機和顯示器交換與所使用的數位内容保 護方法有關的訊息。目前僅考慮兩種内容保護,數位傳輸 内容保護(DTCP),或高頻寬數位内容保護系統(HDCP), 並保留空間以供未來指定其他的保護方法。所使用的方法 由本封包内的内容保護類型參數來指定。數位内容保護架 空封包的格式如圖32所示。如圖32所示,這類封包的結 構包含封包長度、封包類型、内容保護類型、内容保護架 空訊息、和CRC襴位。此類型的封包一般稱為Type 80 封包。 24. 透明色彩啟用封包 透明色彩啟用封包用來指定顯示器中哪個顏色為透明, 並決定是否啟用顯示影像的透明色彩功能。有此功能的顯 示器將在顯示功能封包的顯示特色功能指示襴位位元4之 中,通報此功能。當具有透明色彩值的圖素寫入點陣圖 時,該色彩不會變更原先的值。透明色彩啟用封包的格式 如圖33所示。如圖33所示,這類封包的結構包含封包長 -54- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 5772Ό8 A7 _______Β7 五、發明説明(52 ) 度、封包類型、透明色彩啟用、資料格式描述子、透明圖 素值、和CRC襴位。這類型的封包通常在丨位元組欄位内 被稱為Type 81封包,並使用預先選定的固定長度1〇位元 組。 gj.往返延遲測蚤封白 往返延遲測量封包用來測量從主機至用戶端(顯示器)的傳 播延遲,以及從用戶端(顯示器)回到主機的延遲。此測量基 本上包括存在於線路驅動器及接收器和互連子系統中的延 遲。這個測量可用來設定轉向延遲和反向連結封裝封包中 的反向連結率除數參數,如上所述。當MDDI連結試圖以 特定應用的最大速度執行時,此封包最有用。MDDi_Stb 信號的運作方式為以下攔位期間傳送全部為零資料:全部 為零,包括保護時間和測量期間。這導致%〇]〇1一5讣以資 料速率的一半切換,以致它可用來作為測量期間内顯示器 中的循環時脈。 往返延遲測量封包的格式如圖34所示。如圖34所示, 攻類封包的結構包含封包長度、封包類型、參數crc、選 通排列全°卩零、防護時間1、測量期、防護時間2、和驅 動器重新啟用欄位。這類型的封包通常稱為Type 82封包 並使用預先選定的固定長度535位元。 往返延遲測量封包期間的事件時序如圖35所示。在圖 35中,主機傳送往返延遲測量封包,如圖所示,參數 CRC和選通排列欄位後緊接著全部零和防護時間〗攔位。 封包達到用戶端顯示裝置或處理電路之前出現延遲35〇2。 -55- 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公爱) 577208 A7 __B7_._ 五、發明説明(53 ) 當顯示器接收封包時,其傳送Oxff、Oxff、0x0模型的方式 正如在測量期開始時顯示器實際上決定的一模一樣。顯示 器開始傳送此序列的實際時間,從主機的觀點來看,與測 量期開始的時間有延遲。延遲的時間正好等於封包傳播經 過線路驅動器和接收器以及互連子系統的時間。以該模型 從顯示器傳播回主機也需要類似的延遲量3504。 為了要正確地決定信號來回用戶端的往返延遲時間,主 機計算測量期開始後一直到到達時偵測到的〇xff、Oxff、 0x0序列的開始之位元時間數。此訊息用來決定往返信號從 主機至用戶端再回來所花費的時間。其中有一半的時間花 在信號單程至用戶端所產生的延遲。 在顯示器一傳送Oxff、Oxff、0x0模型的最後位元之後, 就會停用其線路驅動器。防護時間2允許顯示器的線路驅 動器時間在主機傳送下一封包的封包長度之前,完全進入 高阻抗狀態。休眠拉上及拉下電阻(請參見圖42)確保 MDDI_Data信號在主機和顯示器都停用線路驅動器期間, 保持在有效低階。Line 577208 A7 __B7__ 5. Description of the invention (51). The display will not send audio stream to the host. By setting the sample rate to 25 5 the host can disable reverse link audio streaming. The default state when the display system is powered on or connected to the display system is to disable reverse link audio streaming. The format of the reverse sound sampling rate packet is shown in Figure 31. As shown in Figure 31, the structure of this type of packet includes packet length, packet type, audio sampling rate, and CRC bit. This type of packet is usually called a Type 79 packet and uses a pre-selected fixed-length 4-byte. 23. Digital Content Protection Overhead Packet This packet allows the host and display to exchange information about the digital content protection method used. Currently only two types of content protection are considered, Digital Transmission Content Protection (DTCP), or High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection System (HDCP), and space is reserved for future designation of other protection methods. The method used is specified by the content protection type parameter in this packet. The format of the digital content protection overhead packet is shown in Figure 32. As shown in Figure 32, the structure of this type of packet includes the packet length, packet type, content protection type, content protection overhead message, and CRC bit. This type of packet is commonly referred to as a Type 80 packet. 24. Transparent color enable packet The transparent color enable packet is used to specify which color in the display is transparent and decide whether to enable the transparent color function of the displayed image. The display with this function will notify this function in the display characteristic function indication bit 4 of the display function packet. When a pixel with a transparent color value is written into the bitmap, the color does not change the original value. The format of the transparent color enabled packet is shown in Figure 33. As shown in Figure 33, the structure of this type of packet includes the packet length -54- This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 5772Ό8 A7 _______ Β7 5. Description of the invention (52) Degree, packet type , Transparent color enable, data format descriptor, transparent pixel value, and CRC bit. This type of packet is usually called a Type 81 packet in the byte field and uses a pre-selected fixed-length 10-byte packet. gj. Round-trip delay measurement flea white round-trip delay measurement packet is used to measure the propagation delay from the host to the client (display) and the delay from the client (display) to the host. This measurement basically includes the delays present in the line driver and receiver and interconnect subsystems. This measurement can be used to set the turnaround delay and backlink rate divisor parameters in the backlink packet, as described above. This packet is most useful when the MDDI link attempts to execute at the maximum speed for a particular application. The operation of the MDDi_Stb signal is to transmit all zero data during the following block periods: all zeros, including the guard time and measurement period. This results in switching from 5% to 5% at the data rate, so that it can be used as a cyclic clock in the display during the measurement period. The format of the round-trip delay measurement packet is shown in Figure 34. As shown in FIG. 34, the structure of the attack packet includes the packet length, packet type, parameter crc, gating arrangement all degrees, zero, guard time 1, measurement period, guard time 2, and drive re-enable field. This type of packet is often called a Type 82 packet and uses a preselected fixed-length 535 bits. The sequence of events during the round-trip delay measurement packet is shown in Figure 35. In Figure 35, the host transmits a round-trip delay measurement packet. As shown in the figure, the parameter CRC and the strobe are arranged in columns followed by all zero sum guard time blocks. A delay of 3502 occurs before the packet reaches the client display device or processing circuit. -55- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 public love) 577208 A7 __B7 _._ V. Description of the invention (53) When the display receives the packet, it transmits the Oxff, Oxff, 0x0 model Just as the display actually decides at the beginning of the measurement period. The actual time at which the display begins to transmit this sequence is, from the host's point of view, delayed from the start of the measurement period. The delay is exactly equal to the time it takes for the packet to propagate through the line driver and receiver and the interconnect subsystem. A similar amount of delay 3504 is required to propagate from the display back to the host in this model. In order to correctly determine the round-trip delay time of the signal back and forth to the client, the host calculates the number of bit times of the 0xff, Oxff, and 0x0 sequences detected after the measurement period starts and reaches when it arrives. This message is used to determine the time it takes for the roundtrip signal to return from the host to the client. Half of this time is spent incurring the delay from the one-way signal to the client. As soon as the display transmits the last bit of the Oxff, Oxff, 0x0 model, its line driver is disabled. Guard time 2 allows the display's line driver time to fully enter the high impedance state before the host transmits the packet length of the next packet. Sleep pull-up and pull-down resistors (see Figure 42) ensure that the MDDI_Data signal stays at an effective low order during the host and display deactivate the line driver.
D.封包CRC CRC搁位出現在封包末尾^有時出現在有極大資料棚位 封包中某些重要的參數之後,因此增加傳送時錯誤發生的 可能性。在有兩個CRC欄位的封包中,當只使用一個時, CRC產生器會在第一個CRC之後重新啟始,所以緊接在長 資料欄位之後的CRC計算不會受到封包開始處參數的影 響。 -56- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(54 ) 在本發明的範例具體實施例中,用於CRC計算的多項式 為CRC-16,或是X16+X15 + X2 + X。。用於實現本發明 的CRC產生器和檢查器3600的樣本實現如圖36所示《在圖 36中,CRC暫存器3602啟始為值0x0001,正好在輸入 Tx—MDDI—Data_Before一CRC線的封包第一位元的傳送之 前,接著封包位元組轉移至以LSB開始的暫存器中。請注 意,本圖中的暫存器位元數對應到所使用的多項式的次 方,而且不對應到MDDI使用的位元位置。以單向轉移 CRC暫存器較有效率,並且這導致CRC位元15出現在 MDDI CRC欄位的位元位置〇,且CRC暫存器位元14出 現在MDDI CRC欄位位元位置1,以此類推,一直到 MDDI位元位置14。 例如,如果顯示要求和狀態封包的封包内容為:0x07、 0x46、0x000400、0x00(或以之後的位元組序列表示: 0x07、0x00、0x46、0x00、0x04、0x00、0x00),並使 用多工器3604和3606的輸入以及NAND閘3608提交,在 Tx—MDDI一Data一With一CRC線上產生的CRC輸出為 OxOeal(或表示為 〇xal、OxOe)。D. Packet CRC The CRC shelving appears at the end of the packet ^ Sometimes it appears after there are some important parameters in the packet. Therefore, it increases the possibility of errors during transmission. In a packet with two CRC fields, when only one is used, the CRC generator will restart after the first CRC, so the CRC calculation immediately after the long data field will not be affected by the parameters at the beginning of the packet. Impact. -56- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (54) In the exemplary embodiment of the present invention, the polynomial used for CRC calculation is CRC -16, or X16 + X15 + X2 + X. . A sample implementation of the CRC generator and checker 3600 used to implement the present invention is shown in FIG. 36. In FIG. 36, the CRC register 3602 starts with a value of 0x0001, just before the input Tx_MDDI_Data_Before_CRC line Before the first bit of the packet is transmitted, the packet bytes are then transferred to a register starting with LSB. Please note that the number of register bits in this figure corresponds to the power of the polynomial used, and does not correspond to the bit position used by MDDI. It is more efficient to transfer the CRC register in one direction, and this causes CRC bit 15 to appear at bit position 0 in the MDDI CRC field, and CRC register bit 14 to appear at position 1 in the MDDI CRC field. And so on, until the MDDI bit position 14. For example, if the packet content of the display request and status packet is: 0x07, 0x46, 0x000400, 0x00 (or the following byte sequence representation: 0x07, 0x00, 0x46, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00), and use multiplexing The inputs of the processors 3604 and 3606 and the NAND gate 3608 are submitted. The CRC output generated on the Tx_MDDI_Data_With_CRC line is OxOeal (or expressed as 0xal, OxOe).
當CRC產生器和檢查器3600組態為CRC檢查器時,在 Rx一MDDI_Data線路上接收到的CRC輸入至多工器3604 和NAND閘3608,並利用NOR閘3610、互斥OR(XOR) 閘3612、和AND閘3614,與CRC暫存器中找到的值作 逐一位元比較。如果有任何錯誤,如AND閘36 14所輸 出,則藉由連接閘3614的輸出與暫存器3602的輸入,CRC -57- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 577208 A7 _ _B7 五了發明説明(55 ) 會針對包含CRC錯誤的每一封包累加一次。應注意,如圖 36所示的範例電路可在已知CHECK_CRC_NOW視窗中輸 入一個以上的CRC錯誤信號(見圖37b)。因此,CRC錯誤 計數器在CHECK_CRC_NOW為作用中的每一間隔内,將 只計算第一個CRC錯誤實例。如果組態為CRC產生器, CRC會在封包結束的同時記錄CRC暫存器的時間。 輸入和輸出信號,和啟用信號的時序如圖37a和3 7b所 示。CRC的產生和資料封包的傳輸如圖3 7a所示,包含 Gen—Reset 、 Check—CRC^Now 、 Generate_CRC__Now 和When the CRC generator and checker 3600 is configured as a CRC checker, the CRC received on the Rx_MDDI_Data line is input to the multiplexer 3604 and the NAND gate 3608, and the NOR gate 3610 and the mutually exclusive OR (XOR) gate 3612 are used. , And AND gate 3614, compare bit by bit with the value found in the CRC register. If there are any errors, such as the output of AND gate 36 14, by connecting the output of gate 3614 and the input of register 3602, CRC -57- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 577208 A7 _ _B7 The invention description (55) will be accumulated once for each packet containing a CRC error. It should be noted that the example circuit shown in Figure 36 can input more than one CRC error signal in the known CHECK_CRC_NOW window (see Figure 37b). Therefore, for each interval where the CRC error counter is active, only the first instance of the CRC error is counted. If configured as a CRC generator, the CRC records the time of the CRC register at the end of the packet. The timing of the input and output signals and the enable signals are shown in Figures 37a and 37b. The generation of CRC and the transmission of data packets are shown in Figure 3 7a, including Gen_Reset, Check_CRC ^ Now, Generate_CRC__Now, and
Sending_MDDIJData 信號,以及 Tx_MDDI_Data_Before_CRC 和 Tx_MDDI—Data_With_CRC信號的狀態(0或1)。資料封 包的接收和CRC值的檢查如圖37b所示,包含Gen_Reset、 Check_CRC_No w 、 Generate 一 CRC—Now 、 和Status of the Sending_MDDIJData signal and the Tx_MDDI_Data_Before_CRC and Tx_MDDI_Data_With_CRC signals (0 or 1). The reception of the data packet and the check of the CRC value are shown in Figure 37b, including Gen_Reset, Check_CRC_Now, Generate_CRC_Now, and
Sending—MDDI—Data 信號以及Rx—MDDI—Data 和 CRC 錯誤信號的狀態。 V·從休眠重新啟動連結 當主機從休眠狀態重新啟動正向連結時,它驅動 MDDI_Data為邏輯一狀態約 150 psec,接著啟動 MDDI_Stb同時驅動MDDI_Data為邏輯零狀態50 psec, 接著,藉由傳送子訊框標頭封包啟動正向連結通信量。通 常這可以利用信號間提供足夠設定時間,在傳送子訊框標 頭封包之前,解決匯流排爭用問題。 當用戶端,此處為顯示器,需要來自主機的資料或通信 時,用戶端會驅動MDDI_DataO線路處於邏輯一狀態約70 -58- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(56 ) psec,但仍可視需要使用其他時間長度,接著藉由將該線 路置於高阻抗狀態,以停用驅動器。這個動作造成主機在 正向連結(208)上啟動或重新啟動資料通信量,並輪詢該用 戶端的狀態。主機必須在50 psec内偵測到要求脈衝的存 在,接著開始驅動MDDI_DataO處於邏輯一 150 psec及 處於邏輯零50 psec的起動序列。如果顯示器偵測到 MDDI_DataO處於邏輯一狀態超過50 psec以上,顯示器 絕不會傳送服務要求脈衝。與休眠處理和起動序列有關的 時間間隔的時間長度與容許度的選取特性,將詳細討論如 下。 無爭用問題的典型的服務要求事件3800的處理步驟範 例,如圖3 8所示,其中為方便說明起見,各事件標示為字 母A、B、C、D、E、F、和G。當主機傳送連結關閉封包 給用戶端裝置,通知它連結將轉變為低功率休眠狀態時, 該流程從點A開始。下一步驟中,主機藉由停用 MDDI_DataO驅動器並設定MDDI_Stb驅動器為邏輯零, 進入低功率休眠狀態,如點B所示。藉由高阻抗偏壓網路, MDDI_DataO被驅動為零。在一段時間之後,藉由驅動 MDDI_DataO為邏輯一,用戶端傳送服務要求脈衝給主 機,如點C所示。主機仍使用高阻抗偏壓網路來宣告為零, 但是在用戶端中的驅動器強迫線路為邏輯一。在50 psec 内,主機發現服務要求脈衝,並藉由啟用其驅動器宣告 MDDI_DataO為邏輯一,如點D所示。接著用戶端不再試圖 宣告服務要求脈衝,且用戶端將其驅動器置於高阻抗狀 -59- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 ----------B7 五、發明説明(57 ) 態’如點E所示。主機驅,MDDi-DataO處於邏輯零50 ksec,如點F所示,並以與mddi—DataO上一致的邏輯零方 式’開始產生MDDI一Stb。在宣告MDDI一DataO為零並驅 動MDDI_Stb 50 pSec之後,主機藉由傳送子訊框標頭封包 開始在正向連結上傳送資料,如點G所示。 類似的範例如圖39所示,其中在連結重新啟動爷列開始 後宣告服務要求,同時各事件也標示為字母a、b、c、 D、E、F、和G。本範例代表最糟糕的情況,其中來自用戶 端的要求脈衝即將毁損子訊框標頭封包。當主機再度傳送 連結關閉封包給用戶端裝置,通知它連結將轉變為低功率 休眠狀態時,該流程從點A開始。下一步驟中,主機藉由停 用MDDI一DataO驅動器並設定MDDI_Stb驅動器為邏輯 零,進入低功率休眠狀態,如點B所示。如之前一般,藉由 高阻抗偏壓網路,MDDI-DataO被驅動為零。在一段時間 之後’藉由驅動MDDI—DataO為邏輯一 150 psec,主機開 始連結重新啟動序列,如點C所示。在連結重新啟動序列開 始顯示器後50 psec之前,也宣告MDDI_DataO持續時間 70 psec ’如點D所示。出現狀況的原因,是因為顯示器需 要主機的要求服務,且未發現主機已開始連結重新啟動序 列。接著用戶端不再試圖宣告服務要求脈衝,且用戶端將 其驅動器置於高阻抗狀態,如點E所示。主機繼續驅動 MDDI-DataO為邏輯一。主機驅動MDDI_Data0處於邏輯 零50 psec,如點F所示,並以與MDDI_Data0上一致的邏 輯零方式,開始產生MDDI_Stb。在宣告MDDI_Data0為 -60- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)Status of the Sending—MDDI—Data signal and the Rx—MDDI—Data and CRC error signals. V. Restart the connection from hibernation. When the host restarts the forward connection from hibernation, it drives MDDI_Data to a logical state of about 150 psec, then starts MDDI_Stb and drives MDDI_Data to a logical zero state of 50 psec. Then, by sending a sub message The box header packet initiates forward link traffic. Usually this can be used to provide sufficient setup time between signals to resolve bus contention issues before transmitting sub-frame header packets. When the client, here is the display, needs data or communication from the host, the client will drive the MDDI_DataO line in a logical state of about 70 -58- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X 297 mm) ) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (56) psec, but still use other time length as needed, and then put the line into a high impedance state to disable the driver. This action causes the host to initiate or restart data traffic on the forward link (208) and poll the status of the client. The host must detect the presence of the required pulse within 50 psec, and then start the MDDI_DataO start sequence at logic one 150 psec and logic zero 50 psec. If the display detects that MDDI_DataO is in a logic-one state for more than 50 psec, the display will never send a service request pulse. The characteristics of the length and tolerance of the time interval related to the hibernation process and the start sequence will be discussed in detail below. A typical service request event without contention problem is an example of the processing steps of event 3800, as shown in Figure 38, where each event is labeled with the letters A, B, C, D, E, F, and G for convenience of explanation. When the host sends a connection close packet to the client device, notifying it that the connection will transition to a low-power sleep state, the process starts at point A. In the next step, the host enters a low-power sleep state by disabling the MDDI_DataO driver and setting the MDDI_Stb driver to logic zero, as shown in point B. With a high impedance bias network, MDDI_DataO is driven to zero. After a period of time, by driving MDDI_DataO as logic one, the client sends a service request pulse to the host, as shown at point C. The host still uses a high-impedance bias network to declare zero, but the driver in the client forces the line to a logic one. Within 50 psec, the host discovers the service request pulse and declares MDDI_DataO as logic one by enabling its driver, as shown by point D. Then the client no longer tried to announce the service request pulse, and the client placed its driver in a high-impedance state -59- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 ---- ------ B7 V. Description of the invention (57) State 'as shown at point E. The host drive, MDDi-DataO is at logic zero 50 ksec, as shown by point F, and starts to generate MDDI-Stb in a logic zero manner consistent with mddi-DataO '. After declaring MDDI_DataO as zero and driving MDDI_Stb 50 pSec, the host starts transmitting data on the forward link by transmitting the sub-frame header packet, as shown by point G. A similar example is shown in Figure 39, in which a service request is announced after the link restart is started, and the events are also marked with the letters a, b, c, D, E, F, and G. This example represents the worst case scenario where a request pulse from the client is about to destroy the sub-frame header packet. When the host sends a link-close packet to the client device again, notifying it that the link will transition to a low-power sleep state, the process starts at point A. In the next step, the host enters a low-power sleep state by deactivating the MDDI_DataO driver and setting the MDDI_Stb driver to logic zero, as shown in point B. As before, MDDI-DataO is driven to zero with a high impedance bias network. After a period of time ', by driving MDDI-DataO for logic-150 psec, the host starts the connection restart sequence, as shown in point C. 50 psec after the link restart sequence starts the display, MDDI_DataO duration 70 psec is also declared as shown at point D. The reason for the problem was that the monitor required service from the host and it was not found that the host had started the connection restart sequence. The client then no longer attempts to declare a service request pulse, and the client puts its driver in a high impedance state, as shown by point E. The host continues to drive MDDI-DataO as logic one. The host drives MDDI_Data0 at logic zero 50 psec, as shown by point F, and starts to generate MDDI_Stb in a logic zero manner consistent with MDDI_Data0. Declared that MDDI_Data0 is -60- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)
577208 A7 B7 ____; 五、發明説明(58 ) 零並驅動MDDI-Stb 50 psec之後,主機藉由傳送子訊框標 頭封包開始在正向連結上傳送資料,如點G所示。 VI.介面電子規格 在本發明的範例具體實施例中,具有「#返回到零」 (Non-Return_to-Zero,NRZ)格式的資料利用資料選通信 號或DATA-STB格式編碼,以允許時脈資訊嵌入資料和 選通信號中。不需要複雜的鎖相環電路即可還原時脈。資 料由雙向差分連結承載,一般藉由有線纜線實現,但也可 使用其他導體、印刷電路、或傳送元件,如稍早所述。選 通信號(STB)由單向連結承載,該連結僅由主機所驅動。 每當有背對背狀態,0或1,維持在相同的資料線或信號 時,選通信號會切換值(〇或1)。 化 例如像位元"m0001011"的資料序列如何利用data_ STB編碼方式來加以傳送的範例,如圖所示 中DATA信號4002為位於信號時序圖最上方 圖40577208 A7 B7 ____; 5. Description of the invention (58) After the MDDI-Stb 50 psec is driven by zero and parallel, the host starts transmitting data on the forward link by transmitting the sub-frame header packet, as shown by point G. VI. Interface Electronic Specifications In the exemplary embodiment of the present invention, data having a "#Return to Zero" (Non-Return_to-Zero, NRZ) format is encoded using a data strobe signal or a DATA-STB format to allow clocks Information is embedded in data and strobe signals. No complicated phase-locked loop circuit is needed to restore the clock. The data is carried by a bi-directional differential connection, typically implemented with a cable, but other conductors, printed circuits, or transmission elements can also be used, as described earlier. The STB is carried by a unidirectional link, which is driven only by the host. Whenever there is a back-to-back state, 0 or 1, maintained on the same data line or signal, the strobe signal will switch value (0 or 1). For example, an example of how the data sequence of image bit " m0001011 " is transmitted using the data_STB encoding method. As shown in the figure, the DATA signal 4002 is located at the top of the signal timing diagram. Figure 40
k號4004為第二條線,每一時序都視需料 STB 同)。經過一段時間後,當DATA、線4〇 ^ (起點相 改變時,STB線麵(信號)會維持先前的^ 一個DATA信號的”丨”狀態,與第一個ST “因此,第 / u . 15號的” π ”业能 (八起點值)有關。但是,如果或當data ## 〜 級未改變時,在本例中,STB信號會切換為=狀態f等 ”1”,如圖40的情況,DATA會提供另一個„1,,、的狀悲, 說,在DATA * STB之間每位元週期總是有^ ^也就疋 一次轉換。因此,STB信號再次轉換,這次且只有 田data信號 -61 -K number 4004 is the second line, and each timing is the same as STB as needed). After a period of time, when the DATA and line 4 ^ (the starting point phase changes, the STB line surface (signal) will maintain the previous ^ state of a DATA signal, and the first ST "thus, the / u. The "π" karma (eight-point value) of the 15th is related. However, if or when the data ## ~ level has not changed, in this example, the STB signal will switch to = state f, etc. "1", as shown in Figure 40 In the case of DATA, DATA will provide another „1 ,,, and sadness. It says that there will always be ^ ^ conversion every bit period between DATA * STB. Therefore, the STB signal is converted again, this time and only Tin data signal -61-
577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(59 ) 維持在”1”時,STB變為”0”,且當DATA信號等級變為,,〇,, 時,STB則保持在此等級或值。當DATA信號保持在,,” 時,STB信號切換為相對狀態或在本例中為”丨”,依此類 推,當DATA信號變更或保持等級或值時,其原理相同。 接收到這些信號時,會在DATA和STB信號上執行排斥 OR(XOR)作業,產生時脈信號4006,如時序圖最下方所 示,用以比較資料和選通信號。用以在主機產生輸入資料 的DATA和STB輸出或信號,然後在用戶端復原或重新掘取 DATA和STB信號資料之電路範例,如圖41所示。 在圖41中,傳輸部分4100用來透過中間信號路徑41〇2 產生及傳送原始DATA和STB信號,同時接收部分4120 用來接收信號及復原資料。如圖41所示,為了要將資料從 主機傳送至用戶端,DATA信號以及時脈信號會輸入兩個 D型正反電路元件4104和4106,以驅動電路。接著兩個正 反電路輸出(Q),使用兩個差分線路驅動器4108和 4110(電壓模式),分為差分信號組MDDI_DataO+、 MDDI一DataO-和MDDI一Stb+、MDDI—Stb-。三輸入端的 互斥-NOR(XNOR)閘、電路、或邏輯元件4112相連,以 接收正反器的DATA及輸入,並產生一輸出,將資料輸入提 供給第二正反器,進而產生MDDI_Stb+、MDDI_Stb-信 號。為方便起見,XNOR閘中放置反轉泡,以指示有效地 反轉產生選通的正向器Q輸出。 在圖41的接收部分4120中,MDDI_DataO+ 、 MDDI—DataO-和 MDDI_Stb+、MDDI_Stb-信號由兩個 -62- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 577208 五、發明説明( A7 B7577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (59) When it is maintained at "1", the STB becomes "0", and when the DATA signal level becomes ,, 0 ,, the STB remains at this level or value. When the DATA signal remains at ",", the STB signal switches to a relative state or "丨" in this example, and so on. When the DATA signal changes or maintains the level or value, the principle is the same. When receiving these signals It will perform exclusive OR (XOR) operation on the DATA and STB signals to generate a clock signal 4006, as shown at the bottom of the timing diagram, to compare data and strobe signals. To generate DATA and STB for input data on the host An example of a circuit that outputs or signals, and then recovers or retrieves DATA and STB signal data at the client, as shown in Figure 41. In Figure 41, the transmission part 4100 is used to generate and transmit the original DATA through the intermediate signal path 4102. And STB signals, the receiving part 4120 is used to receive signals and restore data. As shown in Figure 41, in order to send data from the host to the client, the DATA signal and the clock signal are input to two D-type positive and negative circuit elements 4104 And 4106 to drive the circuit. Then two positive and negative circuit outputs (Q), using two differential line drivers 4108 and 4110 (voltage mode), are divided into differential signal groups MDDI_DataO +, MDDI_DataO- and MDDI-Stb +, MDDI-Stb-. The three-input mutex-NOR (XNOR) gate, circuit, or logic element 4112 is connected to receive the DATA and input of the flip-flop, and generate an output to provide the data input to the first Two flip-flops, which in turn generate the MDDI_Stb + and MDDI_Stb- signals. For convenience, an inversion bubble is placed in the XNOR gate to indicate the effective inversion to generate the gated forwarder Q output. In the receiving part 4120 of FIG. 41 , MDDI_DataO +, MDDI_DataO-, MDDI_Stb +, and MDDI_Stb-signals are composed of two -62- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 577208 5. Description of the invention (A7 B7
差分線路接收器4122和4124接收,該接收器可產生差分信 號的單一輸出。接著,放大器的輸出輸入至產生時脈信號 的兩輸入端的互斥-〇R(X〇R)閘、電路、或邏輯元件 4126的輸入。該時脈信號用來驅動接收延遲DATA信號的 兩個D型正反電路4128和4130,透過延遲元件4132,其中 之一(4128)產生資料”〇”值,另一個(4130)則產生資料,, 值。該時脈也具有與XOR邏輯不同的輸出。由於時脈訊息 分佈在DATA和STB線路之間,因此狀態間沒有任一信 號的轉換速度超過時脈速率的一半。由於時脈係利用DATA 和STB信號的互斥-〇R處理再生,因此系統在輸入資料 和時脈之間能夠有效容忍的歪斜量,是時脈信號直接透過 單一專屬資料線傳送的二倍》 MDDI—Data+ 、 MDDI 一 Data- 、 MDDI—Stb +,和 MDDI_Stb-信號都以差分模式運作,以提升避免受到雜訊 負面影響的能力。差分信號路徑的任一部份的來源端,所 使用的阻抗只有傳送信號纜線或導體的一半。 MDDI一Data+和MDDI—Data-的來源端同時位於主機及用 戶端。由於在已知時間内只有兩驅動器其中之一在作用, 因此傳送連結上一定會有一來源端。MDDI_Stb +和 MDDI_Stb—信號只會由主機驅動。 用來實現傳送信號的驅動器、接收器、終端,作為本發 明MDD介面的一部分之元件組態範例,如圖42所示,同時 MDDI 一 Data和MDDI_Stb的對應DC電子規格,如表VII 所示。此範例介面使用低電壓感應,此處為200 mV,具有 -63- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐)Received by differential line receivers 4122 and 4124, which can produce a single output of a differential signal. The output of the amplifier is then input to the mutually exclusive -OR (XOR) gate, circuit, or logic element 4126 of the two input terminals that generate the clock signal. This clock signal is used to drive the two D-type positive and negative circuits 4128 and 4130 that receive the delayed DATA signal. Through the delay element 4132, one (4128) generates the data "0" value and the other (4130) generates the data. , Value. This clock also has a different output than the XOR logic. Since the clock information is distributed between the DATA and STB lines, no signal between states transitions faster than half the clock rate. Since the clock system uses the mutually exclusive -OR processing of the DATA and STB signals for regeneration, the amount of skew that the system can effectively tolerate between the input data and the clock is twice that of the clock signal transmitted directly through a single dedicated data line. " The MDDI_Data +, MDDI_Data-, MDDI_Stb +, and MDDI_Stb- signals all operate in a differential mode to improve the ability to avoid negative effects of noise. The source of any part of the differential signal path uses only half the impedance of the signal cable or conductor. The source of MDDI_Data + and MDDI_Data- are located on both the host and the client. Since only one of the two drives is active at a given time, there must be a source on the transmission link. MDDI_Stb + and MDDI_Stb—The signals will only be driven by the host. Drivers, receivers, and terminals used to implement signal transmission are examples of component configuration as part of the MDD interface of the present invention, as shown in Figure 42, and the corresponding DC electronic specifications of MDDI_Data and MDDI_Stb are shown in Table VII. This example interface uses low-voltage sensing, here 200 mV, with -63- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X 297 mm)
;* 言丁; * Yan Ding
577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(61 ) 低於1伏特的功率變化及較低的功率耗損。 表VII 參數 說明 最小值 類型 最大值 單位 Rterm 序列終端 41.3 42.2 43.0 歐姆 -^hibernate 休眠狀態偏壓終端 8 10 12 千歐姆 V hibernate 休眠狀態開路電壓 1.5 3.3 V ^ output-Range 相對於GND的可容許驅 動器輸出電壓範圍 0 2.8 V V〇D+ 驅動器差分輸出高電壓 0.8 V V〇D- 驅動器差分輸出低電壓 -0.8 V VIT+ 接收器差分輸入高臨限 電壓 100 mV Vit- 接收器差分輸入低臨限 電壓 -100 mV ^Input-Range 相對於GND的可容許接 收器輸入電壓範圍 0 2.8 V Iin 輸入漏洩電流(除了休眠 偏壓之外) -25 25 μΑ 差分線路驅動器和線路接收器的電參數和特性,如表577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (61) Power change below 1 volt and low power loss. Table VII Parameter description Minimum type Maximum unit Rterm Sequence terminal 41.3 42.2 43.0 Ohm- ^ hibernate Hibernate bias terminal 8 10 12 kohm V hibernate Hibernate open-circuit voltage 1.5 3.3 V ^ output-Range Permissible driver relative to GND Output voltage range 0 2.8 VV〇D + driver differential output high voltage 0.8 VV〇D- driver differential output low voltage -0.8 V VIT + receiver differential input high threshold voltage 100 mV Vit- receiver differential input low threshold voltage -100 mV ^ Input-Range Allowable receiver input voltage range relative to GND 0 2.8 V Iin Input leakage current (except sleep bias) -25 25 μΑ Electrical parameters and characteristics of differential line driver and line receiver, as shown in the table
裝 声丁 VIII所示。就功能而言,驅動器將輸入邏輯等級直接傳送 至正輸出,並將輸入的相反傳送至負輸出。從輸入到輸出 的延遲十分配合不同驅動方式的差分線路。在最大多數的 實現中,輸出的電壓變化比輸入的變化小,以減少電力耗 損和電磁射出。表VIII代表約0.8 V的最小電壓變化。但 是,可使用其他數值,本行業的專家眾所週知,且發明者 根據設計限制在某些具體實施例中考慮較小值0.5或0.6V。 差分線路接收器具有與高速率電壓比較器相同的特性。 在圖41中,無泡的輸入為正輸入,有泡的輸入為負輸入。 -64- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)Install sound Ding VIII. Functionally, the driver passes the input logic level directly to the positive output and the opposite of the input to the negative output. The delay from input to output is well matched to the differential lines of different driving methods. In most implementations, the change in output voltage is less than the change in input to reduce power consumption and electromagnetic emissions. Table VIII represents a minimum voltage change of about 0.8 V. However, other values may be used, which are well known to experts in the industry, and the inventors consider smaller values of 0.5 or 0.6V in some specific embodiments based on design constraints. Differential line receivers have the same characteristics as high-rate voltage comparators. In FIG. 41, the input without bubbles is a positive input, and the input with bubbles is a negative input. -64- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)
竦 577208 A7 _B7_._ 五、發明説明(62 ) 如果(Vinput+) -(Vinput·)大於零,輸出為邏輯輸出。另一個 說明的方法是差分放大器,該放大器具有十分大(事實上無 限大)的倍率,並於邏輯0及1伏特電壓時限制輸出位準。 在不同對組之間的延遲偏差應縮小,以便以可能的最高 速度,運作差分傳輸系統。 在圖42中,主機控制器4202和用戶端或顯示器控制器 4204在通信連結4206上傳送封包。主機控制器利用連續三 個驅動器4210、4212、和42 14接收要傳送的主機DATA 和STB信號,並提供要傳送的用戶端資料信號。負責主機 DATA通道的驅動器,只有在從主機傳送至用戶端時,才 使用啟用信號輸入以允許通訊連結的啟動。由於STB信號 是資料傳送的一部份,因此驅動器(4212)不需要使用額外 的啟用信號。每個DATA和STB驅動器的輸出都分別連 接至終端阻抗或電阻42 16a、4216b、4216c、和4216d。 終端電阻器4216a和4216b也將作為用戶端接收器 4220輸入上的電阻,以處理STB信號,同時額外的終端 電阻器4216e和4216f分別在用戶端資料處理接收器4222 輸入上,與電阻4216c和4216d串聯。用戶端控制器上第 六個驅動器4226用來準備從用戶端傳送到主機的資料信 號,其中驅動器4214,透過輸入端上的終端電阻器4216c 和4216d,處理傳送至主機的資料。 有二個額外的電阻器42 1 8a和42 1 8b分別位於終端電阻器 和接地和電壓來源4220之間,進行在他處曾討論過的休眠 控制。電壓來源用來驅動傳送線路至先前討論的高或低位 -65- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 _B7__ 五、發明説明(63 ) 準,以管理資料流動。 上述驅動器和電阻可組成個別不同的元件,或特定功能 積體電路(ASIC)的一部份,當作更具成本效益的編碼器或 解碼器解決方案。 可很容易瞭解電力是在一組導體上使用MDDI_Pwr和 MDDL_Gnd信號從主機裝置傳送至用戶端裝置,或顯示 器。信號的MDDI_Gnd部分作為顯示裝置的參考接地和 電源返回路徑或信號。MDDI_Pwr信號作為主機裝置所驅 動的顯示裝置電源。在範例的組態中,若要用於低功率應 用,顯示裝置可拉高至500 mA。MDDI_Pwr信號可由可 攜式電源提供,包括但不限於主機裝置内的鋰電池或電池 組,電壓相對於1^001_〇11(1為3.2至4.3伏。 VIII·時序特性 A ·概要 用戶端用來保護來自主機的服務,以及主機提供這類服 務的步驟和信號等級,如圖43所示。在圖43中,信號的 第一個部分顯示,從主機和資料線傳送出來的連結關閉封 包,藉由高阻抗偏壓電路,驅動為邏輯零狀態。用戶端顯 示器,或主機,未傳送任何資料,這使得其驅動器停用。 在連結關閉封包期間,從MDDI_Stb成為作用中開始,就 可以圖下方看到MDDI_Stb信號的連續選通脈衝。一旦此 封包結束,且邏輯位準在主機驅動偏壓電路和邏輯為零時 變更為零,MDDI_Stb信號線也隨之變更為零位準。這代 表來自主機的最後信號傳輸或服務的終止,可以在過去任 -66- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(64 ) 何時間發生,並且包含在内可顯示先前服務的停止,以及 服務開始之前的信號狀態《如果需要,就可以傳送例如像 信號,以便將通訊連結重設為適當狀態,且不需要知道此 主機裝置之前曾進行的通訊。 如圖43所示,來自用戶端的信號輸出最初係設定為邏輯 零的位準。換句話說,用戶端輸出處於高阻抗且驅動器已 停用。當要求服務時,用戶端啟用其驅動器並送服務要求 給主機,這需要-段時間,用ts_表示,在這段期間線 路被驅動為邏輯一位準。在主機偵測要求之前,經過一段 時間或可能需要一些時間,稱為th(mdetect ,該段期間之 後,主機藉由驅動信號為邏輯一位準,以連結啟始序列來 回f。在此時,用戶端取消宣告要求,並停用服務要求驅 動器,以致用戶端的輸出線又再度回到零邏輯位準。這段 期間内,MDDI-Stb信號處於邏輯零位準。 主機在trestart-high期間將主機資料輸出驅動為”丨,,位準, 之後,主機驅動邏輯位準為零,並在tre—期間啟動 MDDI—Stb,之後第-正向通信量以訊框標頭封包開始, 接著傳送正向通信量封包期間和隨後的訊 框標頭封包中,MDDI_Stb信號為作用中。 伙表VIII顯示上述討論的不同期間之代表時間長度,以及 範例最小和最大資料率的關係,其中: tbit =----竦 577208 A7 _B7 _._ 5. Description of the invention (62) If (Vinput +)-(Vinput ·) is greater than zero, the output is a logic output. Another method of explanation is a differential amplifier, which has a very large (in fact infinitely large) rate and limits the output level at logic 0 and 1 volts. Delay deviations between different pairs should be reduced in order to operate the differential transmission system at the highest possible speed. In FIG. 42, the host controller 4202 and the client or display controller 4204 transmit packets over the communication link 4206. The host controller uses three consecutive drivers 4210, 4212, and 42 14 to receive the host DATA and STB signals to be transmitted, and provides the client-side data signals to be transmitted. The driver responsible for the host's DATA channel only uses the enable signal input to allow the communication link to start when transmitting from the host to the client. Since the STB signal is part of the data transfer, the driver (4212) does not need to use an additional enable signal. The outputs of each DATA and STB driver are connected to termination impedances or resistors 42 16a, 4216b, 4216c, and 4216d, respectively. Termination resistors 4216a and 4216b will also act as resistors on the input of the user receiver 4220 to process STB signals, while additional termination resistors 4216e and 4216f are on the input of the user data processing receiver 4222, and resistors 4216c and 4216d Tandem. The sixth driver 4226 on the client controller is used to prepare the data signal transmitted from the client to the host. The driver 4214 processes the data transmitted to the host through the terminating resistors 4216c and 4216d on the input. There are two additional resistors 42 1 8a and 42 1 8b located between the terminating resistor and the ground and voltage source 4220, respectively, for the sleep control discussed elsewhere. The voltage source is used to drive the transmission line to the high or low position previously discussed -65- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 _B7__ V. Description of the invention (63) Data flow. These drivers and resistors can be combined into individual components or part of a specific function integrated circuit (ASIC) as a more cost-effective encoder or decoder solution. It can be easily understood that the power is transmitted from the host device to the client device or the display using the MDDI_Pwr and MDDL_Gnd signals on a group of conductors. The MDDI_Gnd portion of the signal is used as the reference ground and power return path or signal for the display device. The MDDI_Pwr signal is used as the power source of the display device driven by the host device. In the example configuration, for low power applications, the display can be pulled up to 500 mA. The MDDI_Pwr signal can be provided by a portable power source, including, but not limited to, a lithium battery or battery pack in the host device, with a voltage relative to 1 ^ 001_〇11 (1 is 3.2 to 4.3 volts. VIII. Timing characteristics A · Overview for client To protect the services from the host, as well as the steps and signal levels at which the host provides such services, as shown in Figure 43. In Figure 43, the first part of the signal shows that the connection sent from the host and the data line closes the packet, Driven to a logic-zero state by a high-impedance bias circuit. The client display, or host, does not transmit any data, which disables its driver. During the link-closed packet, it can be started when MDDI_Stb becomes active. Below you see the continuous strobe pulse of the MDDI_Stb signal. Once this packet ends and the logic level changes to zero when the host drives the bias circuit and logic is zero, the MDDI_Stb signal line also changes to the zero level. This represents The last signal transmission or service termination from the host can be used in the past -66- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (64) When does it occur and includes the stop of the previous service and the signal status before the start of the service? If necessary, you can send, for example, a signal to reset the communication link to an appropriate state And it is not necessary to know the communication that this host device has previously performed. As shown in Figure 43, the signal output from the client is initially set to a logic zero level. In other words, the client output is at high impedance and the driver is disabled When a service is requested, the client enables its driver and sends a service request to the host. This takes a period of time, indicated by ts_, during which the line is driven to a logical level. Before the host detects the request, it passes A period of time may take some time, called th (mdetect). After this period, the host uses the driving signal as a logic level to link back and forth to f. At this time, the client cancels the announcement request and stops. The driver is requested by the service, so that the output line of the user side returns to the zero logic level again. During this period, the MDDI-Stb signal is at the logic level. The zero level. The host drives the host data output to ”,”, during the trestart-high period. After that, the host drives the logic level to zero, and starts the MDDI-Stb during the tre- period. Beginning with the frame header packet, and then transmitting the forward traffic packet and the subsequent frame header packet, the MDDI_Stb signal is active. Table VIII shows the representative time lengths of the different periods discussed above, and the minimum sum of examples. The relationship of the maximum data rate, where: tbit = ----
Link Data Rate .裝·· -售· -67- 577208 A7 B7Link Data Rate .Installation--Sale -67- 577208 A7 B7
五、發明説明(65 )V. Description of the invention (65)
表 VIII 參數 _ 說明 最小值 類型 最大值 tservice 顯不II服務要求脈衝的持 續期間 60 70 80 \iSQQ trestart-high 主機連結重新啟動高脈衝 的持續期間 140 150 160 Hsec ^restart-low 王機運結重新啟動低脈衝 的持續期間 40 50 60 psec tdisplay- detect 顯不偵測連結重新啟動 序列的時間 —----4 1 50 psec thost-detect 主機偵測服務要求脈衝的 時間 ------ 1 50 μscc perf 攻小效能裝置的連結資料 率 0.001 1 Mbps 1/tbit-max- perf 最大的裝置連結資料率範 圍 0.001 450 Mbps 反向連結資料率 0.0005 50 Mbps tbit 一止向連結資料位元的期 間 2.2 106 nesc 本行業的專家將瞭解到圖41和42所示的個別元件功能 為眾所週知,且圖42中的元件功能由圖43時序圖加以確 認。圖42所示的串聯終端和休眠電阻之細節,圖41均加以 省略’因為在描述如何執行資料-選通編碼以及從該編碼狀 態復原時脈,不需要此項資訊。 B·資料一選通時序正向連結 在正向連結上從主機驅動器輸出傳送資料的轉移特性, 如表IX所示。表IX以表格方式呈現所希望的最小和最大值 與發生某些信號轉換時的典型時間。舉例來說,資料值 (”〇"或”1”的輸出)從開始至結束發生轉換的典型時間長度, -68 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(66 ) 以 ttdd_(hc)St-output)表示的DataO至DataO轉換期間為 ttbit, 且最小時間約為ttbit-0.5 nsec,最大時間約為ttbit +0.5 nsec。DataO上的轉移、其他資料線(DataX)、和選通線 (Stb)之間的相對間距,如圖44所示,其中顯示了 DataO對 選通、選通對選通、選通對DataO、DataO對非DataO、非 DataO對非DataO、非DataO對選通、和選通對非DataO的 轉換,分別以下列方式表示:ttds_(h(5st_tput) ttss-(host-output) 、 ttsd-(host-output) 、 ttddx-(host-output) ttdxdx-(host-output)、ttcjxs.(h〇st-output)、和 ttsdx-(host-output)。Table VIII Parameter _ Description Minimum type Maximum value tservice Display II Service request pulse duration 60 70 80 \ iSQQ trestart-high Host connection restart high pulse duration 140 150 160 Hsec ^ restart-low Duration of the low pulse 40 50 60 psec tdisplay-detect Time to display the connection restart sequence ------ 4 1 50 psec thost-detect Time to request a pulse from the host detection service ------ 1 50 μscc perf Link data rate for low-performance devices 0.001 1 Mbps 1 / tbit-max- perf Maximum device link data rate range 0.001 450 Mbps Reverse link data rate 0.0005 50 Mbps tbit One-way link data bit period 2.2 106 nesc Experts in this industry will understand that the individual component functions shown in Figures 41 and 42 are well known, and the component functions in Figure 42 are confirmed by the timing diagram in Figure 43. The details of the series terminal and the sleep resistor shown in Fig. 42 are omitted in Fig. 41 'because this information is not needed in describing how to perform the data-gating encoding and restore the clock from this encoding state. B. Data-gating timing forward link The transfer characteristics of the data transmitted from the host drive output on the forward link are shown in Table IX. Table IX presents the desired minimum and maximum values in tabular form with typical times when certain signal transitions occur. For example, the typical length of time when the data value ("0 " or" 1 "output) is converted from the beginning to the end, -68-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (66) The DataO to DataO conversion period represented by ttdd_ (hc) St-output) is ttbit, and the minimum time is about ttbit-0.5 nsec, and the maximum time is about ttbit +0.5 nsec. On DataO , The relative distance between other data lines (DataX), and strobe lines (Stb), as shown in Figure 44, which shows the DataO pair strobe, strobe pair strobe, strobe pair DataO, DataO The conversion of non-DataO, non-DataO to non-DataO, non-DataO to gating, and gating to non-DataO are expressed in the following ways: ttds_ (h (5st_tput) ttss- (host-output), ttsd- (host-output) ), Ttddx- (host-output), ttdxdx- (host-output), ttcjxs. (H〇st-output), and ttsdx- (host-output).
表IX 參數 說明 最小值 類型 最大值 單位 ttdd-(host-output) DataO 對 DataO 轉換 ttbit-〇.5 ttb t ttbit+〇.5 nsec ttds-(host-output) DataO對選通轉換 ttbit-0.8 ttb t ttbit+〇.8 nsec ttss-(host-output) 選通對選通轉換 ttbir〇.5 ttb t ttbit+〇.5 nsec ttsd-(host-output) 選通對DataO轉換 ttbit-08 ttb t ttbit+〇.8 nsec ttddx-( host-output) DataO對非DataO轉換 ttbit-0? ttb t ttbit+〇.? nsec ttdxdx-(host-output) 非DataO對非DataO轉換 ttb t nsec ttdxs-( host-output) 非DataO對選通轉換 ttbir〇? ttb t ttbit+〇·? nsec ttsdx-(host-output) 選通對非DataO轉換 ttbifO? ttb t ttbit+〇·? nsec 相同信號在正向連結上傳送資料時的用戶端接收器輸入的 典型MDDI時序需求,如表X所示。由於相同信號已討論 過(但時間延遲),因此不需要新的圖表來說明信號特性或個 別標題的意義,本行業的專家仍可瞭解。 -69- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準(CNS) A4規格(21〇X297公釐) 577208 A7 B7Table IX Parameter description Minimum type Maximum unit ttdd- (host-output) DataO to DataO conversion ttbit-0.5 ttb t ttbit + 0.5 nsec ttds- (host-output) DataO to strobe conversion ttbit-0.8 ttb t ttbit + 〇.8 nsec ttss- (host-output) strobe-to-strobe conversion ttbir0.5.ttb t ttbit + 〇.5 nsec ttsd- (host-output) strobe-to-DataO conversion ttbit-08 ttb t ttbit + 〇.8 nsec ttddx- (host-output) DataO to non-DataO conversion ttbit-0? ttb t ttbit + 〇.? nsec ttdxdx- (host-output) Non-DataO to non-DataO conversion ttb t nsec ttdxs- (host-output) Non-DataO pair Gating conversion ttbir〇? Ttb t ttbit + 〇 ·? Nsec ttsdx- (host-output) Gating to non-DataO conversion ttbifO? Ttb t ttbit + 〇 ·? Nsec Client receiver when the same signal is transmitting data on the forward link The typical MDDI timing requirements for the inputs are shown in Table X. Since the same signals have been discussed (but time-delayed), no new charts are needed to illustrate the signal characteristics or the meaning of the individual headings, which experts in the industry can still understand. -69- This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS) A4 (21 × 297mm) 577208 A7 B7
表X 參數 說明 最小值 類型 最大值 單位 ttdd-(display-input) DataO 對 DataO 轉換 ttbirl.O ttbit nsec ttds-(display-input) DataO對選通轉換 ttbifl-5 ttbit ttbit+1.5 nsec ttss-(display-input) 選通對選通轉換 ttbirl.O ttbit ttbit+1.0 nsec ttsd-( display-input) 選通對DataO轉換 ttbit· 1 · 5 ttbit ttbit+1.5 nsec ttddx-(host-output) DataO對非DataO轉換 ttbifO.? ttbit ttbit+〇.? nsec ttdxdx-(host-output) 非DataO對非DataO轉換 ttbit nsec ttdxs-(host-output) 非DataO對選通轉換 ttbir〇·? ttbit ttbit+〇·? nsec ttsdx-{host-output) 選通對非DataO轉換 ttbifO? ttbit ttbit+〇.? nsec 五、發明説明(67 ) 圖45和46說明當主機停用或啟用主機驅動器時,可能 出現的回應延遲。假使主機轉送某些封包,例如反向連結 封裝封包或往返延遲測量封包,在轉送所需要的封包(例如 圖45所示的參數CRC、選通排列、和全部零封包)之後, 主機會停用線路驅動器。但是,如圖45所示,線路狀態不 需要立刻從”〇,’轉換為所希望的較高值,雖然藉由某些控制 或電路元件即可達到上述結果,實際上,只是需要一段 「主機驅動器停用延遲」時間來回應。事實上這可以立刻 發生,只需要0十億分之一秒(nsec.)的時間,更可能的時 間是延長10 nsec,若希望是最大時間長度,則應在防護時 間1或轉向1封包期間發生。 請參見圖46,可看到當啟用主機驅動器傳送像反向連結 封裝封包或往返延遲測量封包等封包時,信號位準會改 變。此處,在防護時間2或轉向?封包期間之後,主機驅 動器被啟用且開始驅動位準,此處為"0”,在經過一段主機 驅動器啟用延遲期間可接近或達到該值,此結果在傳送第 -70- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(68 ) 一封包之前的驅動器重新啟用期間發生。 驅動器會出現類似流程,且用戶端裝置(此處為顯示器)會 出現類似的信號傳送。此期間的典型長度以及其彼此間的 關係,如表XI所示。 裝Table X Parameter description Minimum type Maximum unit ttdd- (display-input) DataO to DataO conversion ttbirl.O ttbit nsec ttds- (display-input) DataO to strobe conversion ttbifl-5 ttbit ttbit + 1.5 nsec ttss- (display -input) strobe to strobe conversion ttbirl.O ttbit ttbit + 1.0 nsec ttsd- (display-input) strobe to DataO conversion ttbit 1 · 5 ttbit ttbit + 1.5 nsec ttddx- (host-output) DataO to non-DataO Conversion ttbifO.? Ttbit ttbit + 〇.? Nsec ttdxdx- (host-output) Non-DataO to non-DataO conversion ttbit nsec ttdxs- (host-output) Non-DataO to strobe conversion ttbir〇 ·? Ttbit ttbit + 〇 ·? Nsec ttsdx- {host-output) Gating to non-DataO conversion ttbifO? ttbit ttbit + 0.? nsec V. Description of the invention (67) Figures 45 and 46 illustrate the possible response delay when the host deactivates or enables the host driver. If the host forwards some packets, such as reverse link encapsulation packets or round-trip delay measurement packets, after forwarding the required packets (such as the parameter CRC, gating arrangement, and all zero packets shown in Figure 45), the host will disable Line driver. However, as shown in Figure 45, the line status does not need to be immediately changed from "〇, 'to the desired higher value. Although the above results can be achieved by some control or circuit elements, in fact, only a period of" host Drive deactivation delay "time. In fact, this can happen immediately, it only takes 0 billionths of a second (nsec.), More likely it is 10 nsec. If you want the maximum time, it should be during guard time 1 or turn to 1 packet. occur. See Figure 46. You can see that the signal level changes when the host driver is enabled to transmit packets such as reverse link package packets or round-trip delay measurement packets. Here, at guard time 2 or turn? After the enveloping period, the host driver is enabled and starts to drive. Here is "0". This value can be approached or reached after a period of host driver activation delay. This result will be transmitted at -70- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (68) A driver before a package occurs during re-enablement. A similar process will occur for the driver, and the client device (here the display) Similar signal transmission will occur. The typical length of this period and its relationship to each other are shown in Table XI.
表XI 說明 最小值 最大值 單位 主機驅動器停用延遲 0 10 nsec 主機驅動器啟用延遲 0 2.0 nsec 顯示驅動器停用延遲 0 10 nsec 顯示驅動器啟用延遲 0 2.0 nsec C·資料一選通時序反向連結 資料和選通信號用來在反向連結從用戶端驅動器輸出傳 送資料之轉移特性和時序關係,如圖47和48所示。以下將 討論某些信號轉換的典型時間。圖47說明在主機接收器輸 入中,被傳送的資料時序與選通脈衝的前沿及後沿間的關 係。也就是,選通信號上升或前沿的設定時間標示為tsu-sr,而選通信號的後接或下降沿標示為tsu_sf。這些設定期間 的標準時間長度為8十億分之一秒。 圖48說明反向資料時序所發展出來的轉移特性及對應用 戶端輸出延遲。在圖48中,可看到被傳送的資料時序與肇 因於感應延遲的選通脈衝的前沿及後沿間之關係。也就 是,選通信號的上升或前沿與資料之間的傳播延遲標示為 tpd-sr,而資料和選通信號的後接或下降沿之間的傳播延遲 標示為tpd_sf。這些傳播延遲期間的標準時間長度為8十億分 -71 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 訂Table XI shows the minimum and maximum units. Host driver deactivation delay 0 10 nsec Host driver deactivation delay 0 2.0 nsec Display driver deactivation delay 0 10 nsec Display driver deactivation delay 0 2.0 nsec C · Data-gating timing reverse link data and The strobe signal is used to reverse the transfer characteristics and timing relationship of the data transmitted from the client driver output in the reverse connection, as shown in Figures 47 and 48. Typical times for some signal transitions are discussed below. Figure 47 illustrates the relationship between the timing of the transmitted data and the leading and trailing edges of the strobe pulse at the host receiver input. That is, the set time of the rising or leading edge of the strobe signal is labeled as tsu-sr, and the trailing or falling edge of the strobe signal is labeled as tsu_sf. The standard length of these set periods is 8 billionths of a second. Figure 48 illustrates the transition characteristics developed by the reverse data timing and the output delay to the application client. In Figure 48, you can see the relationship between the timing of the transmitted data and the leading and trailing edges of the strobe pulse due to the induced delay. That is, the propagation delay between the rising or leading edge of the strobe signal and the data is labeled tpd-sr, and the propagation delay between the data and the trailing or falling edge of the strobe signal is labeled tpd_sf. The standard length of these propagation delay periods is 8 billion minutes -71-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm).
線 577208 A7 _B7_._ 五、發明説明(69 ) 之一秒。 VIII·連結控制的實現(連結控制器作業) A.狀態機器封包處理器 在MDDI連結上傳送的封包分配速度相當快,通常速度 為300 Mbps以上,但仍可視需要採用較低速。這類型的匯 流排或傳送連結速率太大,以致目前商業用途(就經濟效益 而言)的一般微處理器或類似產品無法控制。因此,要完成 這類型信號傳送的實際作法,是利用可程式狀態機器剖析 輸入封包串流以產生可傳送的封包或將封包重新導向至所 希望的適當影音子系統。 泛用型控制器、處理器、或處理元件可用於更適當的地 方,或用來操縱速度較慢的資訊,例如像控制或狀態封 包。在接收到這些封包(控制、狀態、或其他預先定義封包) 時,狀態機器會透過缓衝區或類似處理元件,將它們傳送 至泛用型處理器,讓封包能夠提供所需要的結果(效果),同 時音效和影像封包傳送至適當的目的地。 泛用型處理器功能可在某些具體實施例中利用處理能力 實現,或利用存在於電腦應用裝置中的微處理器(CPU)、 或處理器、數位發出信號處理器(DSP)、或無線設備中可找 到的ASIC的過量循環,某些數據機或圖形處理器以相當類 似的方法利用電腦中CPU的處理能力,以執行功能並降低 硬體複雜性和成本。但是,這對這類元件的處理速度、時 序、或全部作業有負面影響,所以在許多應用、專屬電路 或元件中,較希望使用一般處理方式。 -72- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(70 ) 為了能夠在顯示器(微顯示器)上檢視影像資料,或是可靠 地接收到主機傳送的所有封包,顯示器信號處理必須與正 向連結通道時序同步。也就是說,到達顯示器和顯示電路 的信號,時間上必須同步,才能進行正確的信號處理。信 號處理步驟或實現這類同步的方法所能夠達到的高階狀態 圖,如圖49的圖解所示。在圖49中,所顯示的狀態機器 4900的可能正向連結同步”狀態”區分為一個非同步訊框狀 態4904、兩個獲得同步狀態4902和4906,和三個同步中 狀態4908、4910、和4912 ° 如開始步驟或狀態4902所示,顯示器以預先選定的”無 同步”狀態啟始,並搜尋偵測到的第一子訊框標頭封包中的 唯一字。應注意,這種”無同步”狀態表示最基本的通信設 定或已選擇Type I介面的”退回”設定。搜尋期間若找到唯 一字,顯示器會儲存子訊框長度欄位。處理此第一訊框時 不會檢查CRC位元,或是要等到取得同步時才會檢查。如 杲這個子訊框長度是零,則同步狀態處理會根據該方法繼 續進行到此處標示為狀態4904的”非同步訊框”狀態,後者 表示尚未達到同步。在圖49中,這個處理步驟標示為遇到 cond 3或狀況3。否則,如果訊框長度大於零,同步狀態處 理會繼續進行到狀態4906,其中介面狀態設定為”找到一同 步訊框”。在圖49中,這個處理步驟標示為遇到cond 5或狀 況5。除此之外,如果狀態機器看到訊框標頭封包並因訊框 長度大於零而決定有良好的CRC,處理繼續進行到”找到一 同步訊框”狀態。在圖49中,這個標示為遇到cond 6或狀況 -73- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(71 ) 6 在一情況中,若系統處於”無同步」以外的狀態,當偵測 到唯一字並決定子訊框標頭封包為良好的cRC:結果,且子 訊框長度大於零,則介面狀態變更為”同步中」狀態4908。 在圖49中,這個處理步驟標示為遇到c〇nd 1或狀況i。另_ 方面’如果准-字或子訊框標頭封包中的CRC都不正確, 同步狀態處理會繼續進行或回到,,無同步訊框」狀態的介面 狀態49G2。在圖49的狀態圖說中,這個處理部份標示為遇 到cond 2或狀況2。 B.取得同步的時間 該介面可組態為在決定同步遺失並回到"無同步訊框"狀 態之前,可接受某些數量的"同步錯誤"。在圖49中,一旦 狀態機器到達"同步中狀態"’且找不到任何錯誤,它料 續遇到cond i結果,並維持在,,同步中"狀態。但是,一旦 偵測到md 2結果,處理會將狀態變更為"—個同步錯 誤,,狀態侧。在這個點時,如果處理導致_到另-結果’狀態機器會回到"同步中"狀態,否則,它遇 到另個cond 2、结果,亚移動到"兩個同步錯誤"狀緣 4912。再-次’如果發生cond i,處理會使狀態機器回到" 同步厂狀態。否則’會遇到另一個c〇nd 2,且處理會使狀 態機器回到無同步”狀態。也很明劈σ • Θ硝的疋,若遇到”連結關 閉封包"將導致連結終止資料傳送並 態,就像沒有可同步的對象—樣,^ =同步訊框"狀 狀況4,如圖49的狀態圖說所示W日遇到—4,或 •74-Line 577208 A7 _B7 _._ V. Description of the invention (69) One second. VIII. Implementation of link control (link controller operation) A. State machine packet processor The packet distribution speed transmitted on the MDDI link is quite fast, usually 300 Mbps or more, but it can still use a lower speed if necessary. This type of bus or transmission link is too fast to be controlled by general microprocessors or similar products for current commercial use (in terms of economic efficiency). Therefore, the practical way to accomplish this type of signal transmission is to use a programmable state machine to analyze the input packet stream to generate a transmittable packet or redirect the packet to the desired appropriate audiovisual subsystem. General-purpose controllers, processors, or processing elements can be used more appropriately, or to manipulate slower information, such as control or status packets. When these packets are received (control, status, or other predefined packets), the state machine sends them to the general-purpose processor through a buffer or similar processing element, so that the packet can provide the desired result (effect ) And send both audio and video packets to the appropriate destination. The general-purpose processor function may be implemented using processing power in some specific embodiments, or using a microprocessor (CPU), or a processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), or a wireless signal present in a computer application device. With excessive loops of ASICs found in the device, some modems or graphics processors use the processing power of the CPU in the computer in a fairly similar way to perform functions and reduce hardware complexity and cost. However, this has a negative impact on the processing speed, timing, or overall operation of such components, so in many applications, dedicated circuits or components, it is more desirable to use a general processing approach. -72- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (70) In order to be able to view the image data on the display (micro display) or to receive it reliably For all packets transmitted to the host, the display signal processing must be synchronized with the forward link channel timing. That is to say, the signals arriving at the display and the display circuit must be synchronized in time for correct signal processing. A high-order state diagram that can be achieved by a signal processing step or a method of achieving this type of synchronization is shown in the diagram of Figure 49. In FIG. 49, the possible forward link synchronization "states" of the state machine 4900 shown are distinguished into one asynchronous frame state 4904, two acquired synchronized states 4902 and 4906, and three synchronized states 4908, 4910, and 4912 ° As shown in the start step or status 4902, the display starts with a pre-selected "No Sync" status and searches for the unique word in the first sub-frame header packet detected. It should be noted that this "no synchronization" status indicates the most basic communication setting or the "back" setting of the Type I interface has been selected. If a unique word is found during the search, the display saves the subframe length field. The CRC bit is not checked when processing this first frame, or it is not checked until synchronization is achieved. If the length of this sub-frame is zero, the synchronization state processing will continue to the "asynchronous frame" state marked here as state 4904 according to this method, which indicates that synchronization has not yet been reached. In Figure 49, this processing step is marked as encountering cond 3 or condition 3. Otherwise, if the frame length is greater than zero, the synchronization state processing will continue to state 4906, where the interface state is set to "find a synchronous frame". In Figure 49, this processing step is marked as encountering cond 5 or condition 5. In addition, if the state machine sees the frame header packet and decides that it has a good CRC because the frame length is greater than zero, processing continues to the state of "Finding a Sync Frame". In Figure 49, this is marked as cond 6 or condition -73- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (71) 6 In one case, If the system is in a state other than "No sync", when a unique word is detected and the sub-frame header packet is determined to be a good cRC: Result, and the length of the sub-frame is greater than zero, the interface state changes to the "Syncing" state 4908. In FIG. 49, this processing step is marked as encountering cond 1 or condition i. On the other hand, if the CRC in the quasi-word or the sub-frame header packet is not correct, the synchronization status processing will continue or return to the interface state 49G2 with no synchronization frame status. In the state diagram of Figure 49, this processing section is marked as encountering cond 2 or condition 2. B. Synchronization time This interface can be configured to accept some number of "Synchronization Errors" before deciding that synchronization is lost and returning to the "No Synchronization Frame" status. In FIG. 49, once the state machine has reached the " synchronizing state " 'and cannot find any errors, it continues to encounter the result of cond i, and maintains it in the " synchronizing " state. However, once the md 2 result is detected, the processing will change the status to " a synchronization error, on the status side. At this point, if processing causes the _to another-results state machine to return to the " synchronization " state, otherwise, it encounters another cond 2. As a result, Asia moves to "two synchronization errors".状 缘 4912. Again-and-forth 'if cond i occurs, the processing will return the state machine to the " synchronous factory state. Otherwise, it will encounter another c0nd 2, and the processing will return the state machine to the state of "unsynchronized". It is also very clear that σ • Θ is not 疋, if it encounters "connection close packet", it will cause the connection to terminate the data Send the parallel, as if there are no objects that can be synchronized—like, ^ = Synchronization frame " State 4, as shown in the state diagram of Figure 49, encountered on the 4th, or -74-
577208 A7 _____B7 五、發明説明(72 ) I瞭解的是,唯一字可能會有重複的”假複本”,該複本 ^能出現在子訊框内的某些固定位置^在這種情況下,狀 態機器將極不可能與子訊框同步,因為子訊框標頭封包上 的CRC處理時必須也是有效,MDD介面處理才能繼續進 行到”同步中,,狀態。 在子訊框標頭封包中的子訊框長度可設定為零,以指出 在關閉連結之前主機只能傳送一個子訊框,且MDD介面處 於或組態為閒置休眠狀態。在本例中,顯示器在偵測到子 訊框標頭封包之後…定會立刻接收到正向連結上的封 包’因為連結轉變為閒置狀態之前只傳送過一個子訊框。 在正常或典型的作業中,子訊框長度為非零且顯示器只處 理正向連結封包,這些狀態中的介面整體顯示為圖49中的 "同步中”狀態。 顯示器與正向連結信號同步所需的時間,會隨著子訊框 大小=正向連結資料率而有所改變。當子訊框較大時,將 唯干的假複本"偵測為正向連結中的隨機或較隨機資料 的可能性也較大。同時,從假偵測中復原的能力較低,且 :於正向連結資料率較慢,所以這樣作花#的時間也較 長。 C·初始化 2稍早所述’在"起始•,時,主機將正向連結組態為以基 =或低於基本所需的資料率i Mbps運作,並根據已知 =用,組態子訊框長度和媒體訊框率。也就是說,正向 。反向連結都使用Type-i介面開始作業。在主機決定用戶 -75-577208 A7 _____B7 V. Description of the Invention (72) I understand that the unique word may have a duplicate "fake copy" which can appear in some fixed positions within the sub-frame ^ In this case, the status The machine will be extremely unlikely to synchronize with the sub frame, because the CRC processing on the sub frame header packet must also be valid, and the MDD interface processing can continue to the "sync," state. In the sub frame header packet, The sub-frame length can be set to zero to indicate that the host can only send one sub-frame before the connection is closed, and the MDD interface is or configured to be idle and dormant. In this example, the monitor detects the sub-frame label After the first packet ... it will immediately receive the packet on the forward link 'because only one sub-frame was transmitted before the link became idle. In normal or typical operations, the sub-frame length is non-zero and the display only processes Packets are forwardly connected, and the interfaces in these states are shown as " Synchronizing "in FIG. 49 as a whole. The time required for the display to synchronize with the forward link signal will vary with the sub-frame size = forward link data rate. When the sub-frame is large, it is more likely that the fake fake copy " is detected as random or more random data in the forward link. At the same time, the ability to recover from false detection is low, and the data rate in the forward link is slow, so it takes a long time to make #. C · Initialization 2 described earlier in the "start", the host configures the forward link to operate at a base data rate of i = Mbps or lower than the base, and based on the known = use, group State sub frame length and media frame rate. That is, forward. Backlinks use the Type-i interface to get started. Decide user on host -75-
577208 A7 _B7_._五、發明説明(73 ) 端顯示器功能或所需組態之前,通常這些參數僅供暫時使 用。主機藉由正向連結傳送或傳輸子訊框標頭封包,其後 接著反向連結封裝封包,該封包使得要求旗號的位元設 定為數值一(1),以要求顯示器回應「顯示功能封包」。一 旦顯示器在正向連結上(或與正向連結)取得同步,就會經由 反向連結或通道傳送顯示功能封包和顯示要求和狀態封 包。 主機檢查顯示器功能封包的内容,以決定如何重新組態 最佳或所需的效能。主機檢查協定版本和最小協定版本欄 位,確認主機和顯示器使用其彼此相容的協定版本。協定 版本保持為顯示功能封包最前面的二個參數,因此,即使 協定的其他項目可能不相容或被視為不是完全相容,仍可 決定相容性。D· CRC處理 對於所有封包類型而言,封包處理器狀態機器可確保 CRC檢查器受到妥善且正確的控制。當CRC比較造成偵 測到一個以上的錯誤時,它也會累加CRC錯誤計數器,並 在每一子訊框進行處理的一開始,就重設CRC計數器。IX.封包處理 對上述提及、狀態機器所接收的各種封包而言,封包會 採取一特定處理步驟或一連串的步驟,來實現介面作業。 正向連結封包通常根據下表XII所列的範例流程來進行處 理。577208 A7 _B7 _._ V. Description of the Invention (73) Before the function of the terminal display or the required configuration, usually these parameters are for temporary use only. The host sends or transmits a sub-frame header packet through a forward link, and then a reverse link encapsulation packet, which sets the request flag to a value of one (1) to request the display to respond to the "display function packet" . Once the display is synchronized on (or in conjunction with) the forward link, the display function packets and display request and status packets are transmitted via the reverse link or channel. The host checks the contents of the display's function packet to determine how to reconfigure the best or required performance. The host checks the protocol version and minimum protocol version fields to confirm that the host and the monitor use their compatible protocol versions. The protocol version remains the first two parameters of the display function packet, so compatibility can be determined even if other items of the protocol may be incompatible or deemed incomplete. D. CRC Processing For all packet types, the packet processor state machine ensures that the CRC checker is properly and properly controlled. When more than one error is detected due to the CRC comparison, it also accumulates the CRC error counter and resets the CRC counter at the beginning of each sub-frame processing. IX. Packet Processing For the above mentioned packets received by the state machine, the packet will take a specific processing step or a series of steps to implement the interface operation. Forward link packets are usually processed according to the example process listed in Table XII below.
裝 訂Binding
線 -76- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(74 )Line -76- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (74)
表XII 確認好的封包,綠取子訊框長度 ,位,並傳送封包參數給泛用型 處理器。 填充器〇〇 系像流⑽ -效流(AS) 忽略資料_ 蘇譯影系貢料格式化描述 他的參數,有需要時取消封裝g ,裝的圖素資料,視需要利用色 於對應來轉譯圖素,並將圖素資 料寫入點陣圖中的正瑞你置 色彩對應(CM)Table XII confirms the good packet, takes the green sub-frame length, bits, and sends the packet parameters to the general-purpose processor. Filler 〇〇 series image stream 效-stream effect (AS) ignore the data _ Su Yiying Department of tribute format description of his parameters, if necessary, unpack g, install the pixel data, use color for correspondence as needed Translate the pixels and write the pixel data into the bitmap.
傳送音效採樣速率設定給音效樣 本時脈產生器,分隔開特定大小 的音效樣本,有需要時取消封裝 音效樣本資料,並為音效樣本擇 路至正確的音效樣太FTFO 裝 鍵盤(K) 指標裝置(PD) 讀取色彩對應 數,並將彩色對應資料寫入色彩 對應記憶體或儲存位置 “以適當時間 封包。檢查反向連結旗號,並視 需要傳送顯示功能封包 在適當的時候,傳送顯示要求和 狀態封包 當主機要求時,使用反向吉芬 裝封包的反向連結旗號欄位傳送 此類型的封包 如果存在一個故盈裝置並^瓦 用時,將封包傳送來回於與鍵盤 裝置通訊的泛用型處理器 訂 線 連結關 如果存在一個指標裝置並需要使 用時,將封包傳送來回於與指標 裝置通訊的泛用型處理器〇 记錄事實連結關閉,並通知泛用 -77- $張尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(⑽χ 297公董) —------- A7 —-- 型處理器。 ~'一·' 頌不服務要求和狀態(DSRS) 將此封包當作反向連結封裝封包 的第一個封包傳送。 位兀區塊傳送(ΒΡΤ) 解#封包參數,例如影像資料格 式化描述子,決定先移動哪些圖 素,並視需要移動點陣圖中的圖 素〇 點陣圖區域填入(BAF) 解譯封包參數,視需要禾 對應來轉譯圖素,並將圖素資料 寫入點陣圖中的正確位詈。' 點陣圖案填入(BPF) 解#封包參數,視需要取消封裝 已封裝的圖素資料,視需要利用 色彩對應來轉譯圖素,並將圖辛 資料寫入點陣圖中的正確位置。、 通信連結通道(CLC) 直接將此資料傳送至泛用型處理 器。 休眠時的顯示服務要求(DSR) 泛用型處理器控制傳送要求的低 階功能,並偵測自動重新啟動連 結的爭用。 介面類型交遞要求(ITHR)和介面 類型確認(ΙΤΑ彡 可傳遞這些封包來回於泛用型處 理器。接收這個類型的封包並作 出確認回應的邏輯,為實際上的 基礎。因此,也可在封包處理器 狀態機器内實現這個作業。 ° 產生的交遞以低階實質層動作出 現,且不可能影響泛用型處理器 的功能或作用。 ° 執行型交遞(ΡΤΗ) 可直接在這類^‘ 將這類封包傳送至泛用型處理器 來作用,也可控制硬體進行模式 變更。 χ·降低反向連結資料率Send the sound effect sampling rate to the sound effect sample clock generator to separate sound effect samples of a certain size, unpack the sound effect sample data when necessary, and select the sound effect path to the correct sound effect too. FTFO Keyboard (K) indicator The device (PD) reads the color correspondence number and writes the color correspondence data into the color correspondence memory or storage location "packed at the appropriate time. Check the backlink flag and send the display function as needed. Packets are transmitted when appropriate. Request and status packets. When requested by the host, use the reverse link flag field of the reverse Giffen package to send this type of packet. If there is a faulty device and it is used, the packet is sent back and forth to the keyboard device. If there is an indicator device and it needs to be used, the general-purpose processor will send the packet back and forth to the general-purpose processor that communicates with the indicator device. 0 Record the fact that the connection is closed, and notify the general-use-77- $ Zhang Standards General Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (⑽χ 297 公 董) ----------- A7 --- type processor. ~ '一 ·' Ode Service Request and Status (DSRS) sends this packet as the first packet of the reverse link encapsulation packet. Bit Block Transfer (BPT) Unpack #packet parameters, such as image data format descriptors, decide which images to move first Pixels, and move the pixels in the bitmap as necessary. 0 Dot fill in the bitmap area (BAF) to interpret the packet parameters, translate the pixels if necessary, and write the pixel data to the correct bitmap. Position. 'Dot matrix pattern fill (BPF) Solution #Package parameters, unencapsulate the pixel data as needed, translate the pixels using color mapping as needed, and write the graph data to the bitmap The correct position. The communication link channel (CLC) directly transmits this data to the general-purpose processor. Display service request (DSR) during sleep The general-purpose processor controls the low-level functions of the transmission request and detects automatic restart Contention for connection. Interface Type Handover Request (ITHR) and Interface Type Confirmation (ΙΤΑΙ can pass these packets back and forth to the general purpose processor. The logic to receive this type of packet and make a confirmation response is It is also based on the international foundation. Therefore, this job can also be implemented in the packet processor state machine. ° The resulting transfer occurs as a low-level substantial layer action, and it is impossible to affect the function or role of the general-purpose processor. ° Execution Handover (PTT) can directly send this kind of packet to the general-purpose processor in this kind of function, and can also control the hardware to change the mode. Χ · Reduce the backlink data rate
本發明的發明者觀察到,某些用於主機連結控制器的參 數能夠以某種方式調整或組態,以便達成最大或較為最佳 -78- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(76 ) 化(程度)的反向連結資料率,這是相當有必要功能。舉例來 說,在用來傳送反向連結封裝封包的反向資料封包欄位的 期間,MDDI_Stb信號對組切換,以建立只有正向連結資 料率一半的循環資料時脈。出現這個結果的原因,是因為 主機連結控制器所產生的MDDI_Stb信號相當於 MDDI_DataO信號,如同它傳送的全部為零。MDDI_Stb 信號從主機轉送到顯示器,用來產生從顯示器傳送反向連 結資料的時脈信號,並藉此將反向資料傳回主機。執行 MDDI的系統在正向及反向路徑上傳送和處理信號時通常會 遭遇到的延遲數,如圖50所示。在圖50中,處理區域附 近顯示一連串的延遲值 1.5 nsec.、8.0 nsec.、2.5 nsec.、 2.0 nsec·、1.0 nsec·、1.5 nsec.、8.0 nsec.、和 2.5 nsec·,分別用於Stb+/-產生、纜線傳送-至-顯示器、顯示 接收器、時脈產生、信號時脈、DataO+Λ產生、纜線傳送-至-主機、和主機接收器階段。 根據所遇到的正向連結資料率和信號處理延遲, MDDI_Stb信號可能需要一個週期以上的時間,以達到這 種”往返”效果或完成事件集,這會浪費不必要的時間或週 期。為避免這個問題,反向率除數能夠以一位元時間在反 向連結上擴充多週期的MDDI_Stb信號。這意謂反向連結 資料率會低於正向連結速率。 應注意到,利用該介面的實際訊號延遲長度,會因所使 用不同的特定主機-用戶端系統或硬體而有不同。藉由使用 往返延遲測量封包,測量系統中的實際延遲,每個系統通 -79- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 裝 訂The inventor of the present invention has observed that certain parameters for the host-connected controller can be adjusted or configured in some way in order to achieve the largest or more optimal -78- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (76) The reverse link data rate (degree), which is a quite necessary function. For example, during the reverse data packet field used to transmit the reverse link encapsulated packet, the MDDI_Stb signal pair is switched to create a cyclic data clock with only half the forward link data rate. The reason for this result is that the MDDI_Stb signal generated by the host-linked controller is equivalent to the MDDI_DataO signal, as if all it transmitted was zero. The MDDI_Stb signal is transferred from the host to the display, which is used to generate a clock signal that transmits the reverse connection data from the display, and thereby returns the reverse data to the host. The number of delays typically encountered by systems implementing MDDI when transmitting and processing signals on the forward and reverse paths is shown in Figure 50. In Fig. 50, a series of delay values of 1.5 nsec., 8.0 nsec., 2.5 nsec., 2.0 nsec ·, 1.0 nsec ·, 1.5 nsec., 8.0 nsec., And 2.5 nsec · are displayed in the vicinity of the processing area for Stb + /-Generation, cable transmission-to-display, display receiver, clock generation, signal clock, DataO + Λ generation, cable transmission-to-host, and host receiver stages. Depending on the forward link data rate and signal processing delay encountered, the MDDI_Stb signal may take more than one cycle to achieve this "round-trip" effect or complete the event set, which will waste unnecessary time or cycles. To avoid this problem, the reverse rate divisor can multi-cycle the MDDI_Stb signal on the reverse link in one-bit time. This means that the reverse link data rate will be lower than the forward link rate. It should be noted that the actual signal delay length using this interface will vary depending on the particular host-client system or hardware used. By using the round-trip delay measurement packet to measure the actual delay in the system, each system can pass -79- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) binding
577208 A7 B7 ___五、發明説明(77 ) 常都能執行的更好,以致反向率除數可設定為最佳值。 往返延遲的測量方式,是使主機傳送往返延遲測量封包 給顯示器。顯示器回應這個封包的方式為:在測量期欄位 中的預先選定測量視窗之内或期間,將封包序列傳送回主 機。此測量的詳細時序之前已說明過。往返延遲用來決定 可安全採樣反向連結資料的速率。 往返延遲測量包含決定、偵測、或計算當收到從顯示器 回到主機的Oxff、Oxff、0x00回應序列時,發生在測量期 欄位的開始和時間週期的開始之間的正向連結資料時脈間 隔數。應注意,在測量計數累計之前,從顯示器接收到的 回應,可能是正向連結時脈週期的一小部份。如果這個未 經修改的數值用來計算反向率除數,會因為資料抽樣不可 靠而導致反向連結發生位元錯誤。這種情形的範例如圖51 所示,其中代表主機MDDI_Data、主機MDDI_Stb、主機 内的正向連結資料時脈、和延遲計數的信號,都繪製為圖 形。在圖51中,在延遲計數要從6增加至7之前,從顯示 器收到的回應序列為正向連結時脈週期的一部份。如果延 遲被假設是6,主機一定會在位元轉換之後或可能地在位 元轉換當中採樣反向資料。這可能造成對主機作錯誤的採 樣。基於這個理由,測量過的延遲必須在用來除以反向率 除數之後,才累加一。 反向率除數是在主機採樣反向連結資料之前所應等待的 MDDI_Stb週期數。由於MDDI_Stb週期的速率為正向連 結率的一半,因此更正後的往返延遲測量需要除以2然後四 -80-577208 A7 B7 ___V. Invention Description (77) often performs better, so that the reverse rate divisor can be set to the optimal value. The round-trip delay is measured by the host sending round-trip delay measurement packets to the display. The display responds to this packet by sending the packet sequence back to the host within or during a pre-selected measurement window in the measurement period field. The detailed timing of this measurement has been explained previously. The round-trip delay is used to determine the rate at which reverse link data can be safely sampled. The round-trip delay measurement includes determining, detecting, or calculating forward link data that occurs between the beginning of the measurement period field and the beginning of the time period when the Oxff, Oxff, 0x00 response sequence is returned from the display to the host Number of pulse intervals. It should be noted that the response received from the display before the measurement counts are accumulated may be a small part of the clock cycle of the forward link. If this unmodified value is used to calculate the reverse rate divisor, it will cause a bit error in the reverse link because of unreliable data sampling. An example of this situation is shown in Figure 51, where the signals representing the host MDDI_Data, the host MDDI_Stb, the clock of the forward link data in the host, and the delay count are all plotted as graphs. In Figure 51, before the delay count is increased from 6 to 7, the response sequence received from the display is part of the clock cycle of the forward link. If the delay is assumed to be 6, the host must sample the reverse data after or possibly during bit conversion. This may cause incorrect sampling of the host. For this reason, the measured delay must be incremented by one after it is used to divide by the reverse rate divisor. The reverse rate divisor is the number of MDDI_Stb cycles that the host should wait before sampling reverse link data. Since the rate of the MDDI_Stb cycle is half of the forward connection rate, the round-trip delay measurement after correction needs to be divided by 2 and then four -80-
裝 訂Binding
線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(78 ) 捨五入至下一位整數。其關係以公式表示如下:Thread This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (78) Rounded to the next whole number The relationship is expressed as follows:
(round — trip — delay+ V(round — trip — delay + V
reverse_rate_divisor = RoundUpToNextlnteger \ 2 J 就本例而言,結果: f \ 6 + 1 了 reverse_rate_divisor=RoiindUpToNextlnteger 、 ^ =4 如果本例中使用的往返延遲測量為7而非6,反向率除數 也等於4。 主機在反向連結時脈的上升沿上採樣反向連結資料。主 機和用戶端(顯示器)内都有計數器或類似的已知電路或裝置 來產生反向連結時脈。計數器初始化為讓反向連結時脈的 第一上升沿,在反向連結封裝封包的反向連結封包欄位中 的最開始的第一位元處出現。以下將提供範例,如圖52所 示。計數器在MDDI_Stb信號的每一上升沿時進行累加, 且反向連結封裝封包中的反向率除數參數,設定為進行計 數直到涵蓋所有位元為止。由於MDDI_Stb信號以正向連 結率的一半進行切換,所以反向連結率為正向連結率的一 半除以反向率除數:舉例來說,如果正向連結率是200reverse_rate_divisor = RoundUpToNextlnteger \ 2 J For this example, the result: f \ 6 + 1 reverse_rate_divisor = RoiindUpToNextlnteger, ^ = 4 If the round-trip delay measurement used in this example is 7 instead of 6, the reverse rate divisor is also equal to 4 . The host samples the reverse link data on the rising edge of the reverse link clock. Both the host and client (display) have counters or similar known circuits or devices to generate the reverse link clock. The counter is initialized so that the first rising edge of the reverse link clock appears at the first bit in the reverse link packet field of the reverse link packet. Examples are provided below, as shown in Figure 52. The counter accumulates at each rising edge of the MDDI_Stb signal, and the reverse rate divisor parameter in the reverse link package packet is set to count until all bits are covered. Since the MDDI_Stb signal is switched at half the forward connection rate, the reverse connection rate is half the forward connection rate divided by the reverse rate divisor: For example, if the forward connection rate is 200
Mbps且反向率除數是4,則反向連結資料率如下所示: 1 200Mbps 2 · 4 =25Mbps 顯示反向連結封裝封包中MDDI_DataO和MDDI_Stb 信號線時序的範例如圖52所示,其中用來說明的封包參數 具有以下值: -81 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(79 ) 轉向1長度=1 轉向2長度=1 反向率除數=2 全部零是0x00 封包長度=1〇24(以〇4〇〇) 封包類型=65(0x41) 反向連結旗號=〇 參數 CRC = Oxdb43 選通排歹,J是 0x00、0x00、0x60 在封包長度和參數CRC攔位之間的封包資料是: 0x00、0x04、0x41、0x00、0x02、0x01、〇χ〇1、 0x43、Oxdb、0x00、0x00、0x60、0x00、… 從顯示器傳回的第一反向連結封包是顯示器要求和狀態 封包,其封包長度為7且封包類型為70。這個封包從位元組 值0x07、0x00、0x46等等開始。但是,圖52中僅顯示第 一位元組(0x07)。本圖中第一反向連結封包的時間變動約 一個反向連結時脈週期,用來說明實際的反向連結延遲。 理想中主機對顯示器往返延遲為零的波形,以虛線顯示。 參數C R C欄位的M S位元組緊接在選通排列位元組之後傳 送’然後是傳送全部零攔位。當來自主機的資料變更形成 較寬脈衝的位準時,來自主機的選通會從一轉換為零再回 到一。當資料為零時,選通以較高速轉換,只有資料線上· 的為料變動,會導致接近排列攔位的末端有所改變。由於 延長期間的資料信號有固定的〇或丨位準,且轉換在脈衝圖 案(沿)下降,因此在圖的其他部份,選通都以較高速轉換。 菖時脈開始載送反向連結封包時,主機的反向連結時脈 直到轉向1期間的結束都維持是零。圖下半部的箭號指示資 料何時進行取樣,從本專利說明書的其餘說明中即可明顯 -82- 本紙張尺度適用中S Β爲準(CNS) μ規格(咖X297公爱) -- 577208 五、發明説明(80 看出。被傳送的封包欄位的第—位元組(此處為11〇〇〇〇〇〇) 丁為從轉向1之後開始’且從停用主機驅動器開始,線位 準都保持平穩。第-位元,此處為位元三的通道延遲,顯 不在資料信號的虛線中。 β 在圖53中,可看到以正向連結資料率為基礎的反向率除 數的代表值。實際的反向率除數確定為往返連結測量的結 果’ ^保證適當的反向連結作業。第一區53〇2相當於安全 作業範圍’第一區5304相當於邊緣效能範圍,而第三區 5 3 06指出無法正確運作的設定。 當利用正向或反向連結上的任何的介面類型設定運作 時,往返延遲測量與反向率除數設定相同,因為正向或反 向連結是以實際的時脈週期單位數來表示或運作,而不是 以傳送或接收的位元數來表示或運作。 XI·轉向和防護時間 訂 器 2 如之前曾討論過,在反向連結封裝封包中的轉向⑽位和 在往返延遲測量封包中的防護時間j搁位,都指定在啟用 顯不介面驅動器之前允許主機介面驅動器停用的時間長度 值。轉向2和__ 2欄⑽供允許在制主機驅動 之前停用顯示驅動器的時間值。防護時間i和防護時間2 欄位通常會填入不會刻意調整的預先設定或預先選定的長 度值嘯據使用的介面硬體’這些數值會藉由經驗資料發 展’並隨某些範例調整,以改善作業。 主 器 -些協助決定轉向1長度的因素為正向連結資料率和 機中最大的MDDI_Data驅動器停用時間。最大主機驅動 -83 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(81 ) 停用時間如表XI所示,其中顯示停用驅動器需要約10 nsec 最大時間,且啟用約需2 nsec。停用主機驅動器正向連結 時脈所需最大數如以下關係所示:Mbps and the reverse rate divisor is 4, the reverse link data rate is as follows: 1 200Mbps 2 · 4 = 25Mbps An example showing the timing of the MDDI_DataO and MDDI_Stb signal lines in the reverse link package is shown in Figure 52, where The packet parameters to be explained have the following values: -81-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (79) Turn 1 length = 1 Turn 2 length = 1 Reverse rate divisor = 2 All zeros are 0x00 Packet length = 1024 (with 〇〇〇〇〇) Packet type = 65 (0x41) Reverse connection flag = 〇 Parameter CRC = Oxdb43 Gating row, J is 0x00 , 0x00, 0x60 The packet data between the packet length and the parameter CRC block are: 0x00, 0x04, 0x41, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x〇1, 0x43, Oxdb, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00, ... From The first reverse link packet returned by the display is the display request and status packet. The packet length is 7 and the packet type is 70. This packet starts with the byte values 0x07, 0x00, 0x46, and so on. However, only the first byte (0x07) is shown in Figure 52. The time variation of the first reverse link packet in this figure is about one reverse link clock period, which is used to explain the actual reverse link delay. Ideally, the waveform from the host to the display with zero round-trip delay is shown in dotted lines. The MS byte in the parameter C R C field is transmitted immediately after the gated byte, and then all zero stops are transmitted. When the data from the host changes to a wider pulse level, the strobe from the host will change from one to zero and back to one. When the data is zero, the gating is switched at a higher speed, and only the data on the data line are expected to change, which will cause the end of the array stop to change. Since the data signal during the extended period has a fixed level of 0 or 丨 and the transition falls on the pulse pattern (edge), the gating is switched at a higher speed in other parts of the graph.菖 When the clock starts to carry reverse link packets, the host's reverse link clock remains at zero until the end of turn 1. The arrow in the lower part of the figure indicates when the data will be sampled, which will be apparent from the rest of the description of this patent specification. -82- In the application of this paper, S Β shall prevail (CNS) μ size (Ka X297 public love)-577208 Fifth, the invention description (see 80. The first byte of the transmitted packet field (here 110000)) Ding starts from turning to 1 'and starting from the deactivation of the host drive, the line The levels remain stable. The first bit, here is the channel delay of bit three, is not shown in the dashed line of the data signal. Β In Figure 53, you can see the reverse rate based on the forward link data rate Representative value of the divisor. The actual reverse rate divisor is determined as the result of the round-trip connection measurement. ^ Ensure proper reverse connection operation. The first zone 5302 is equivalent to the safe operation range. The first zone 5304 is equivalent to the edge performance. Range, while the third zone 5 3 06 indicates settings that do not work correctly. When operating with any interface type setting on the forward or reverse link, the round-trip delay measurement is the same as the reverse rate divisor setting, because the forward or Backlinks Units are used to represent or operate, rather than to be transmitted or received in bits. XI · Turn and Guard Time Orderer 2 As previously discussed, the turn niches and The guard time in the round-trip delay measurement packet is set to specify the length of time that the host interface driver is allowed to be deactivated before the display interface driver is enabled. Turn to the 2 and __ 2 columns to allow the display to be deactivated before the host driver is enabled Drive time value. Guard time i and guard time 2 fields are usually filled with pre-set or pre-selected length values that will not be adjusted intentionally. According to the interface hardware used, these values will be developed through empirical data and follow Some examples are adjusted to improve the operation. Master-Some factors that assist in determining the length of turn 1 are the forward link data rate and the maximum MDDI_Data drive deactivation time in the machine. The maximum host drive -83-This paper size applies Chinese national standards (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 public love) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (81) The deactivation time is shown in Table XI, which shows that the deactivation of the drive requires The maximum time of 10 nsec, and enable disable Approximately 2 nsec pulse number as the desired maximum host driver when the relationship shown in the forward link:
ForwardLinkDataRateForwardLinkDataRate
Clocks_to_disableTAi= Inte^ceTyPeFactorFWD .HostDriverDisableDelaymax 依照關係,轉向1所許的數值範圍為:Clocks_to_disableTAi = Inte ^ ceTyPeFactorFWD .HostDriverDisableDelaymax According to the relationship, the range of values allowed to turn 1 is:
Tum_Around_l>RoundUpT oNextlnteger r Clocks to disableTAI λ —-=~=-— · InterfaceTypeFactorp^Tum_Around_l > RoundUpT oNextlnteger r Clocks to disableTAI λ —- = ~ = -— · InterfaceTypeFactorp ^
\ 8 J 介面類型因數為1時用於Type-I,為2時用於Type-II,為 4時用於Type-III,且為8時用於Type-IV。 結合以上兩個方程式,可看出介面類型因數項消去,且 轉向1定義為:\ 8 J interface type factor is 1 for Type-I, 2 for Type-II, 4 for Type-III, and 8 for Type-IV. Combining the above two equations, it can be seen that the interface type factor term is eliminated, and turn to 1 is defined as:
Turn一Around-1=RoundUpToNextInteger ^ ForwardLinkDataRate.HostDriverDisableDelaym^ y , 8 j 舉例來說,1500 Mbps Type-Ill正向連結可使用以下的 轉向1延遲: ^ 1500Mbps. 1 On sec ^Turn_Around-1 = RoundUpToNextInteger ^ ForwardLinkDataRate.HostDriverDisableDelaym ^ y, 8 j For example, a 1500 Mbps Type-Ill forward connection can use the following turn 1 delay: ^ 1500Mbps. 1 On sec ^
Turn — Around-l= RoundUpToNextlnteger、 ^ / = 2 位元組。 當往返延遲增加,時序邊緣從停用主機的時間點改善為啟 用顯示器的時間點。 用來決定轉向2時間長度的因素一般為正向連結資料率、 顯示器中MDDI_Data驅動器的最大停用時間、和通信連結 的往返延遲。停用顯示器驅動器所需的時間本質上與上述 -84- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(82 ) 討論的主機驅動器相同,並根據以下關係定義·· ForwardLinkDataRate Cl〇CkS_to—diSableTA2 = InterfaceTypeFactor^ DisplayDriverDisableDelaymax 轉向2容許值如下所示:Turn — Around-l = RoundUpToNextlnteger, ^ / = 2 bytes. As the round-trip delay increases, the timing edge improves from the point when the host is deactivated to the point when the display is enabled. The factors used to determine the length of turn 2 are generally the forward link data rate, the maximum inactivity time of the MDDI_Data driver in the display, and the round trip delay of the communication link. The time required to deactivate the display driver is essentially the same as the above-84- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (82) The host driver discussed And according to the following relationship definition: · ForwardLinkDataRate ClOCkS_to—diSableTA2 = InterfaceTypeFactor ^ DisplayDriverDisableDelaymax Turn 2 allowable values are as follows:
Turn_Around_2 > RoundUpToNextlnteger f — — \ Clocks __to _ disableTA2 + round _ trip _ delay +1(_8_1 、 [interfaceTypeFactor^ J 舉例來說,利用10正向連結時脈往返延遲的1500 MbpsTurn_Around_2 > RoundUpToNextlnteger f — — \ Clocks __to _ disableTA2 + round _ trip _ delay +1 (_8_1, [interfaceTypeFactor ^ J, for example, 1500 Mbps with 10 forward link clock round-trip delays
Type-Ill正向連結通常使用轉向2延遲: \500Mbps Clocks—to—disableTA2= 4 · lOnsec =3.75Type-Ill forward link usually uses turn 2 delay: \ 500Mbps Clocks—to—disableTA2 = 4 · lOnsec = 3.75
Turn—Around—2 匕 Round 一 f \ 3.75 + 10 + 1 裝 訂Turn—Around—2 Dagger Round a f \ 3.75 + 10 + 1 Binding
UpToN extinteger XH·實艘廣互連說明 8 根據本發明用來實現介面的實體連接層,可利用已商業 化的元件實現,例如主機端可使用Hirose電子公司(HiroseThe description of UpToN extinteger XH · Shizhuguang Interconnect 8 The physical connection layer used to implement the interface according to the present invention can be implemented using commercialized components.
Electric Company Ltd)所生產的零件編號3260-8S2(01), 顯示裝置端可用Hirose電子公司生產的零件編號3240-8P-C ° Type-I介面針腳排列或利用這類Type-i介面接頭的” 針腳特性”如表χΙΠ所示。 -85- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(21〇Χ297公釐)Electric Company Ltd) produces part number 3260-8S2 (01), and the display device can be used with Hirose Electronics' part number 3240-8P-C ° Type-I interface pin arrangement or using this Type-i interface connector " "Pin characteristics" are shown in Table χII. -85- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (21〇 × 297 mm)
線 577208 A7 B7Line 577208 A7 B7
表 XIII 信號名稱· 針腳編號 信號名稱 針腳編號 MDDI Gnd 1 MDDI Pwr 2 MDDI Stb+ 3 MDDI Stb- 4 MDDI DAT0+ 5 MDDI DAT0- 6 MDDI DAT 1+ 7 MDDI DAT 1- 8 屏蔽 五、發明説明(83 ) 選用内接元件或裝置或其設計必須小到能夠用於行動通 信和計算裝置,例如pda和無線電話,或可攜式遊戲裝 置,且與相關裝置大小比較時不會突兀或缺乏美感。任何 的連接器和接線應夠持久,以便用於典型的用戶環境,且 應有小尺寸,特別是接線部份,並且價格要低廉。傳送元 件應容許不同NRZ資料的資料和選通信號,用於Type I和 Type II的傳送速率達到約450 Mbps,且8-位元並列 Type IV版本的傳送速率達到3.6 Gbps。 XIII.作業 使用本發明介面處理資料和封包所採取的一般步驟摘 要,如圖54a和54b所示。在這些附圖中,流程從決定用戶 端和主機是否使用通信路徑(此處為纜線)連接開始。這可藉 由定期的輪詢,軟體或硬體均可,偵測對主機的輸入端是 否有連接器或纜線的存在,或藉由其他已知技術來達成。 如果主機未連接任何用戶端,就會進入預先決定長度的等 待狀態,或進入休眠模式,或取消啟動以等待未來使用。 一旦用戶端連接至主機,反之亦然,用戶端或主機會傳 送適當封包來要求服務。接著主機傳送要求訊息的封包, 這要視用戶端功能而定,且用戶端傳送包含資訊的顯示功 -86- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 577208 A7 B7Table XIII Signal Name and Pin Number Signal Name Pin Number The internal component or device or its design must be small enough to be used in mobile communication and computing devices, such as pda and wireless phones, or portable gaming devices, and should not be obtrusive or lack aesthetics when compared to the size of the relevant device. Any connector and wiring should be durable enough to be used in a typical user environment, and should be small in size, especially the wiring section, and inexpensive. The transmission element should allow data and strobe signals for different NRZ data. The transmission rates for Type I and Type II can reach approximately 450 Mbps, and the 8-bit parallel Type IV version can achieve a transmission rate of 3.6 Gbps. XIII. Operations A summary of the general steps taken to process data and packets using the interface of the present invention is shown in Figures 54a and 54b. In these figures, the process begins by deciding whether the client and host are connected using a communication path (here, a cable). This can be done by periodic polling, either software or hardware, to detect the presence of a connector or cable to the input of the host, or by other known techniques. If the host is not connected to any client, it will enter a waiting state with a predetermined length, or enter the sleep mode, or cancel the startup for future use. Once the client is connected to the host, and vice versa, the client or host sends the appropriate packet to request service. Then the host sends a request message packet, which depends on the client's function, and the client sends the display function with information -86- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 577208 A7 B7
月巨封包給主機。主機和用戶端也會協商所使用服務模式的 類型(速率/速度),舉例來說Type !、Type U、Type Η 等。一旦建立服務類型,主機可開始傳送資訊。 如稍早所述’所有以子訊框標頭封包開始的傳送後面都 緊接著資料類型’此處包括影像和音效流封包 '和填充封 包;或指令和資訊,此處為色彩對應、位元鎖定傳送或其 他封包。除此之外’主機和用戶端可使用適#的封包交換 與鍵盤或指標裝置有關的資料。 ' 在作業期間’可能希望交換模式,這可藉由交換適當的 介面類型交遞要求、類型確認 '和執行類型交遞封包來完 成。 資料和指令在主機和用戶端之間交換之後,在某點時會 決定是否傳送㈣㈣’或該連結是要進人休眠狀態或完 全關閉。如果要終止連結,主機會傳送連結關封包給用 戶端,且兩端同時終止資料傳送。 IX·附錄 除了上述討論實現本發明具體實施例結構和協定的不同 封包之格式、結構、和内容,此處呈現某些封包類型更詳 細的攔位内谷或作業。此處還要進一步釐清其個別用途或 作業讓本行業@專家更易於瞭解,並將利用本發明進行 各種不同的應用。只有一些尚未討論的襴位,將於此處進 一步討論。 Α·用於影像流封包 顯不屬性攔位(1位元組)具有一系列位元值,如下說 -87 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 ___ 五、發明説明(85 ) 明。位元1和0選擇如何遞送顯示圖素資料。位元值為 或Ml.”時,資料顯示給雙眼看,位元值為”10”時,資 料只遞送至左眼,位元值為”01”時,資料只遞送至右眼。 位元2指示圖素資料是否以交錯格式呈現,值”〇”表示圖素 資料為標準累進格式,且當從一列前進到下一列時,列數 (圖素Y轴)累加1。當此位元值為”1”時,圖素資料為交錯格 式,且當從一列前進到下一列時,列數累加2。位元3指示 圖素資料為交互圖素格式。這類似位元2啟用的標準交錯 模式,但交錯方式為垂直而非水平。當位元3為0時,圖素 資料為標準累進格式,且當接收到每一序列圖素時,欄數 (圖素X軸)累加1。當位元3為1時,圖素資料為交互圖素 格式,且當接收到每一圖素時,攔數累加2。位元7至4保 留供未來使用,一般設定為零。 2位元組X起點和Y起點欄位指定圖素資料欄位中第一圖 素點(X起點,Y起點)的絕對X和Y座標。2-位元組X右沿 和Y上沿攔位指定圖素資料欄位所填入螢幕視窗的左沿之X 座標和上沿的Y座標,同時X右沿和Y下沿欄位指定更新視 窗的右沿X座標和下沿的Y座標。 圖素計數襴位(2位元組)指定以下圖素資料欄位中的圖 素數。 參數CRC襴位(2位元組)包含從封包長度至圖素計數所 有位元組的CRC。如果這個CRC無法檢查就會捨棄整個 封包。 圖素資料欄位包含將顯示的原始影像資訊,並利用影像 -88- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 ___ Β7__;_ 五、發明説明(86 ) 資料格式描述子襴位所述之方法進行格式化。如他處所討 論,同時傳送一”列”資料。 圖素資料CRC欄位(2位元組)包含只有圖素資料的丨6位 元CRC。如果確認此值的CRC確認失敗,圖素資料仍可使 用,但會累加CRC錯誤計數。 B·用於音效流封包 音效通道ID欄位(1位元組)可識別一特定音效通道, 用戶端裝置會將音效資料傳送至該通道。此攔位所指定或 對應的實體音效通道值為〇、1、2、3、4、5、6、或7,分 別指示左前、右前、左後、右後、前方中央、子低音揚聲 裔、年繞左、環繞右通道。音效通道ID數值254表不數 位音效樣本的信號串流同時送至左前和右前通道。這使得 立體聲耳機用於語音通訊和PDA中的產量提升,或讓簡單 的使用者介面產生警告音等應用,更為簡化。從8至253和 25 5的ID攔位值,目前均為保留,以供新設計作額外指定。 音效樣本計數攔位(2位元組)指定這個封包中的音效樣 本數。 每樣本位元和封裝攔位包含可指定音效資料封裝格式的i 位元組。一般採用的格式為位元4至〇定義每一pcM音效樣 本的位元數。位元5指定數位音效資料樣本是否封裝。如 上所述,圖12說明封裝和位元組排列音效樣本之間的差 異。位元5為"〇”表示數位音效資料欄位中每_pcM音效樣 本都與介面位元組邊界位元組對齊,” Γ,表示每一連續的 PCM音效樣本都對應前一音效樣本來加以封裝。只有當位 -89-Moon giant packets to the host. The host and client also negotiate the type (rate / speed) of the service mode used, such as Type!, Type U, Type Η, etc. Once the service type is established, the host can begin sending information. As mentioned earlier, 'All transmissions that start with a sub-frame header packet are immediately followed by the data type' here includes video and audio stream packets' and padding packets; or instructions and information, here are color mapping, bits Lock out transmissions or other packets. In addition, the host and client can use the appropriate packet to exchange data related to the keyboard or pointing device. 'During operation' may wish to exchange modes, which can be accomplished by exchanging the appropriate interface type delivery request, type confirmation 'and performing a type delivery packet. After the data and instructions are exchanged between the host and the client, at some point it will be decided whether to transmit ㈣㈣ ’or whether the link is going to sleep or completely closed. If the connection is to be terminated, the host will send a connection close packet to the client, and both ends will terminate the data transmission at the same time. IX · Appendix In addition to the above discussion of the format, structure, and content of the different packets that implement the structures and agreements of the specific embodiments of the present invention, here are some more detailed descriptions of some packet types. Here it is necessary to further clarify its individual use or operation to make it easier for the industry @experts to understand, and will use the present invention for various applications. There are only some niches that have not yet been discussed and will be discussed further here. Α · For image stream packet display attribute blocking (1 byte) has a series of bit values, as follows -87-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 ___ 5. Description of the invention (85). Bits 1 and 0 select how to display the pixel data. When the bit value is "Ml.", The data is displayed to both eyes. When the bit value is "10", the data is delivered to the left eye only. When the bit value is "01", the data is delivered to the right eye only. 2 indicates whether the pixel data is presented in a staggered format. A value of "0" indicates that the pixel data is in a standard progressive format, and when moving from one column to the next, the number of columns (pixel Y axis) is incremented by 1. When this bit value When it is "1", the pixel data is in an interleaved format, and when moving from one row to the next, the number of rows is accumulated by 2. Bit 3 indicates that the pixel data is in an interactive pixel format. This is similar to the standard interleaving enabled by bit 2. Mode, but the interleaving method is vertical instead of horizontal. When bit 3 is 0, the pixel data is in the standard progressive format, and when each sequence pixel is received, the number of columns (pixel X axis) is incremented by 1. When When bit 3 is 1, the pixel data is in the interactive pixel format, and when each pixel is received, the block number is accumulated by 2. Bits 7 to 4 are reserved for future use, and are generally set to zero. 2 bytes The X start and Y start fields specify the absolute X and Y of the first pixel point (X start, Y start) in the pixel data field Coordinates. 2-byte X right edge and Y top edge block Specify the X coordinate of the left edge of the screen window and the Y coordinate of the top edge of the specified pixel data field, and the X right edge and Y bottom edge fields Specify the X coordinate of the right edge of the update window and the Y coordinate of the bottom edge. Pixel Count Unit (2 bytes) Specify the number of pixels in the following pixel data field. Parameter CRC Unit (2 bytes) contains The CRC of all bytes from the packet length to the pixel count. If this CRC cannot be checked, the entire packet will be discarded. The pixel data field contains the original image information to be displayed, and the image is used for this paper. Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 ___ Β7__; _ V. Description of the invention (86) The format described in the data format descriptors is formatted. As discussed elsewhere, transmit a "column" "Data. The CRC field (2 bytes) of the pixel data contains only the 6-bit CRC of the pixel data. If the CRC confirmation of this value fails, the pixel data can still be used, but the CRC error count will be accumulated. B · Used for the sound stream packet sound channel ID field (1 bit ) Can identify a specific audio channel, the client device will send audio data to that channel. The physical audio channel value specified or corresponding to this block is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7, Indicate left front, right front, left rear, right rear, front center, subwoofer, year round left, and right channel respectively. The sound channel ID value 254 indicates that the digital audio sample signal stream is sent to the front left and right channels simultaneously. . This makes stereo headsets more useful for voice communication and PDA output increase, or for simple user interface to generate warning sounds and other applications. It is more simplified. ID block values from 8 to 253 and 25 5 are currently reserved. For additional designation of new designs. The sound sample count block (2 bytes) specifies the number of sound samples in this packet. Each sample bit and packaging block contains i-bytes that can specify the audio data packaging format. The commonly used format is bits 4 to 0 to define the number of bits per pcM sound effect sample. Bit 5 specifies whether the digital audio data samples are packaged. As mentioned above, Fig. 12 illustrates the difference between the packaged and byte-aligned sound samples. Bit 5 is " 〇 "means that every _pcM sound effect sample in the digital sound data field is aligned with the interface byte boundary byte," Γ "means that each successive PCM sound effect sample corresponds to the previous sound effect sample. Encapsulate it. Only when in position -89-
577208 A7 __B7__ 五、發明説明(87 ) 元4至0中所定義的值(每一 PCM音效樣本的位元數)不是八 的倍數時,此位元才為有效。位元7至6保留供需額外指定 的系統使用,一般設定為零。 音效採樣速率欄位(1位元組)指定音效PCM樣本速率。 所使用的格式值為0時指示速率為8,000每秒樣本(sps),值 為1時指示16,000 sps、值為2時指示24,000 sps,值為3時 指示32,000 sps,值為4時指示40,000 sps、值為5時指示 48,000 sps、值為6時指示11,025 sps、值為7時指示 22,050 sps、且值為8時指示44,100 sps,值9至15保留供 未來使用,所以目前設定為零。 參數CRC攔位(2位元組)包含從封包長度至音效採樣速 率所有位元組的16位元CRC。如果這個CRC無法正確地 檢查就會捨棄整個封包。數位音效資料欄位包含要播放的 原始音效樣本,通常格式為像無記號整數的線性格式。音 效資料CRC襴位(2位元組)包含只有音效資料的16位元 CRC。如果CRC無法檢查,音效資料仍可使用,但會累加 CRC錯誤計數。 C.用於使用者定義流封包 2位元組串流ID編號襴位用來識別特定的影像串流。串 流參數和串流資料襴位的内容由MDDI設備製造商定義。2 位元組串流參數CRC襴位包含從封包長度開始至音效編碼 位元組的串流參數所有位元組的16位元CRC。如果這個 CRC無法檢查就會捨棄整個封包。2位元組串流資料CRC 襴位包含只有串流資料的CRC。如杲這個CRC無法正確地 -90- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(88 ) 榀查,則根據應用的不同需求,串流資料的使用為選擇性 的。在CRC為好的條件下使用串流資料,一般需要將串流 資料置於緩衝區中直到確認CRC為好的。如果CRC不檢 查則累加CRC錯誤計數。 D ·用於色彩對應封包 裝 才> 色對應#料大小攔位(2位元組)指定存在於此封包内色 彩對應資料的色彩對應表項目總數。色彩對應資料内的位 元組好色彩對應大小的3倍。彩色對鼓小設定為零就不 會傳送任何色彩對應資料。如果彩色對應大小是零時,仍 傳送色彩對應偏移i值,顯示H會忽略該值。彩色對應偏 移量襴位(2位元組)指定從顯示裝置中色彩對應表開始广此 封包内的色彩對應資料的偏移量。 訂 _2位元組的參數CRC齡包含從封包長度至音效編碼位 兀組所有位元組的CRC。如果這個CRC無法檢查就會 整個封包。 、 線 對於色彩對應資料齡,每—色彩對應位置為—3位元 組’其中第一位元組指定藍色的強度,第二位元組指定綠 色的強度’第三位元組指定紅色的強度。色彩對應大小襴 位指定存在於色彩對應資料欄位的3位元組色彩對應表項 目數量。如果單一色彩對應無法適用一影像資料格式和色 彩對應封包’則可藉由傳送每-封包内具有不同色彩對應 貧料和色彩對應偏移量的多個封包’來指定整個色彩: 應。 2位元組色彩對應資料CRC攔位包含只有色彩對應資料的 -91 -577208 A7 __B7__ V. Description of the invention (87) This bit is valid only when the value defined in elements 4 to 0 (the number of bits per PCM sound effect sample) is not a multiple of eight. Bits 7 to 6 are reserved for systems that require additional designation, and are generally set to zero. The audio sample rate field (1 byte) specifies the audio PCM sample rate. The format used is 0 indicating a rate of 8,000 samples per second (sps), a value of 1 indicating 16,000 sps, a value of 2 indicating 24,000 sps, a value of 3 indicating 32,000 sps, and a value of 4 indicating 40,000 sps. The value of 5 indicates 48,000 sps, the value of 6 indicates 11,025 sps, the value of 7 indicates 22,050 sps, and the value of 8 indicates 44,100 sps. The values 9 to 15 are reserved for future use, so currently set Is zero. The parameter CRC block (2 bytes) contains a 16-bit CRC of all bytes from the packet length to the sound sampling rate. If this CRC cannot be checked correctly, the entire packet is discarded. The digital audio data field contains the original audio sample to be played, usually in a linear format like an unsigned integer. The sound data CRC bit (2 bytes) contains a 16-bit CRC with only sound data. If the CRC cannot be checked, the audio data can still be used, but the CRC error count will be accumulated. C. Used for user-defined stream packets. The 2-byte stream ID number is used to identify a specific video stream. The contents of the streaming parameters and streaming data bits are defined by the MDDI equipment manufacturer. The 2-byte stream parameter CRC 襕 bit contains a 16-bit CRC of all bytes from the packet length to the audio encoding byte stream parameter. If this CRC cannot be checked, the entire packet is discarded. The 2-byte stream data CRC bit contains the CRC of only the stream data. If this CRC cannot be correctly -90- This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (88) Inspection, according to the different needs of the application, The use of streaming data is optional. To use the streaming data under the condition that the CRC is good, you generally need to put the streaming data in the buffer until you confirm that the CRC is good. If the CRC is not checked, the CRC error count is accumulated. D · Used for color mapping package> Color mapping #Material size block (2 bytes) specifies the total number of color mapping table items for color mapping data in this packet. The bytes in the color mapping data are 3 times the size of the color mapping. No color mapping data will be transmitted when the color pair drum is set to zero. If the color corresponding size is zero, the color corresponding offset i value is still transmitted, and the display H will ignore this value. The color correspondence offset amount bit (2 bytes) specifies the offset of the color correspondence data in the packet from the color correspondence table in the display device. The parameter CRC age of the _2 bytes includes the CRC of all the bytes from the packet length to the audio coding bits. If this CRC cannot be checked, the whole packet will be sent. The line corresponds to the age of the data. Each color corresponds to -3 bytes. 'The first byte specifies the intensity of blue, the second byte specifies the intensity of green', and the third byte specifies the red. strength. Color Mapping Size 襕 Bit specifies the number of 3-byte color mapping table entries that exist in the color mapping data field. If a single color mapping cannot be applied to an image data format and color mapping packet ’, the entire color can be specified by transmitting multiple packets with different color mappings and color mapping offsets in each packet: Yes. The 2-byte color mapping data CRC block contains only color mapping data -91-
577208577208
crc。如果此crc無法檢查,色彩對應仍可使用,但會累 加CRC錯誤計數。 E·用於反向連結封裝封包 反向連結旗號襴位(1位元組)包含-組要求顯示器資訊 的旗號°如果位元(此處位元G)設定為-,主機會使用顯示 功能封包要求指定的顯示ϋ資訊。如果位元為零,主機就 不需要顯示器資訊。其餘位元(此處位元1至7)保留供未來 使用’並設定為零。 反向率除數欄位(1位元組)指定因反向連結資料時脈而出 現的MDDI—Stb週期數。反向連結資料時脈等於正向連結 負料除以兩倍的反向率除數。反《丨連結資料率與反向連結 上的反向連結資料時脈和介面類型有關。就Type I介面而 s,反向貝料率等於反向連結資料時脈 ,對Type II、TyPe III、和Type IV介面來說,反向資料率等於兩倍、四倍、 和八倍的反向連結資料時脈。 轉向1長度欄位(1位元組)指定分配給轉向1的位元組總 數。轉向1的建議長度為主機中MDDI_Data驅動器使輸出 停用所需的位元組數。這以上述討論的輸出停用時間、正 向連結資料率、和所使用的正向連結介面類型選擇為基 礎。以上還提供較詳細的轉向1設定說明。 轉向2長度爛位(1位元組)指定分配給轉向1的位元組總 數。轉向2的建議長度為顯示器中MDDI_Data驅動器停用 輸出和往返延遲所需的位元組數。以上還提供轉向2設定說 明。 -92 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ·; 裝 訂crc. If this crc cannot be checked, the color mapping can still be used, but it will accumulate the CRC error count. E · Used for reverse link encapsulation. The reverse link flag (1 byte) contains the flag of the group that requires display information. If the bit (here G) is set to-, the host will use the display function packet Request specified display information. If the bit is zero, the host does not need display information. The remaining bits (here bits 1 to 7) are reserved for future use 'and set to zero. The reverse rate divisor field (1 byte) specifies the number of MDDI-Stb cycles that occur due to the reverse link data clock. The reverse link data clock is equal to the forward link negative material divided by twice the reverse rate divisor. Backlink data rate is related to backlink data clock and interface type on backlink. For Type I interface and s, the reverse data rate is equal to the reverse link data clock. For Type II, TyPe III, and Type IV interfaces, the reverse data rate is equal to twice, four times, and eight times the reverse. Link data clock. The Turn 1 Length field (1 byte) specifies the total number of bytes allocated to Turn 1. The recommended length to turn to 1 is the number of bytes required by the MDDI_Data driver in the host to disable the output. This is based on the output deactivation time, forward link data rate, and type of forward link interface used discussed above. The above also provides more detailed steering 1 setting instructions. Turn 2 bad bits (1 byte) specifies the total number of bytes allocated to turn 1. The recommended length of turn 2 is the number of bytes required for the MDDI_Data driver to disable the output and round-trip delay in the display. The above also provides instructions for setting up Steering 2. -92 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) · Binding
577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(90 ) 參數CRC欄位(2位元組)包含從封包長度至轉向長度所 有位元組的16位元CRC。如果這個CRC無法檢查就會捨 棄整個封包。 選通排列攔位(3位元組)所包含的值會使全部零欄位的 最後一個位元和反向資料封包欄位的第一個位元之間位元 邊界的MDDI_Stb信號從低轉變為高。這確保MDDI_Stb 信號與反向資料封包欄位内位元組邊界有一致的運作方 式。 全部零襴位(1位元組)設定等於零,並用來確保所有 MDDI_Data信號在第一防護時間期間停用線路驅動器之 前,處於零狀態。 轉向欄位用來建立第一個轉向週期。轉向長度參數指定 的位元組數由本襴位分配,以允許在啟用用戶端(顯示器) 内的線路驅動器之前,停用主機内的MDDLData線路驅動 器。主機在轉向1位元0期間停用其MDDl_Data線路驅動 器,且用戶端(顯示器)在轉向1最後一個位元之後立即啟用 其線路驅動器。MDDI_ Stb信號運作方式就像轉向週期全 部為零一般。 反向資料封包欄位包含一連串從用戶端傳送至主機的資 料封包。如之前所述,所傳送的填充封包將填入其他封包 類型不使用的剩餘空間。 轉向2襴位用來建立第二個轉向週期。轉向長度參數指定 的位元組數由本襴位分配。 驅動器重新啟用欄位使用等於零的1位元組,確保所有 -93- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 裝 訂577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (90) The parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains a 16-bit CRC of all bytes from the packet length to the turn length. If this CRC cannot be checked, the entire packet is discarded. The gate array (3 bytes) contains a value that causes the MDDI_Stb signal at the bit boundary between the last bit of all zero fields and the first bit of the reverse data packet field to transition from low Is high. This ensures that the MDDI_Stb signal operates in a consistent manner with the byte boundaries in the reverse data packet field. All zero bits (1 byte) are set equal to zero and are used to ensure that all MDDI_Data signals are in the zero state before the line driver is deactivated during the first guard time. The steering field is used to establish the first steering cycle. The number of bytes specified by the steering length parameter is allocated by this bit to allow the MDDLData line driver in the host to be disabled before the line driver in the client (display) is enabled. The host deactivates its MDD1_Data line driver during the turn to bit 0, and the user terminal (display) enables its line driver immediately after turning to the last bit of 1. The MDDI_Stb signal operates as if the steering cycle is all zero. The reverse data packet field contains a series of data packets transmitted from the client to the host. As mentioned earlier, the transmitted stuffed packets fill the remaining space not used by other packet types. The turn 2 position is used to establish a second turn cycle. The number of bytes specified by the steering length parameter is allocated by this unit. The drive re-enable field uses 1 byte equal to zero to ensure that all -93- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) binding
線 577208 --~-----1!___ 五、發明説明(91 ) MDDI一Data信號都會在下一封包的封包長度欄位之前重新 啟用。 F•用於顯示功能封包 協定版本攔位使用2位元組指定用戶端使用的協定版 本。初始版本設定等於零,同時最小協定版本攔位使用2位 元組指定用戶端可使用或解譯的最小協定版本。顯示資料 率功能欄位(2位元組)指定顯示器在介面的正向連結上可接 收的最大資料率,並以每秒兆位元(Mbps)格式來指定。介 面類型功能欄位(1位元組)指定正向和反向連結上支援的 Μ面類型。目前藉由選擇位元〇、位元i、或位元2選擇正向 連結上的Type-II ' Type-Ill或Type-IV模式,以及位元 3、位元4、或位元5選擇反向連結上的Tyj)e-II、 Type-III、或Type-IV模式;位元6和7保留並設定為零。 ””占陣圖I度和南度襴位(2位元組)指定圖素中點陣圖的寬 度和高度。 單色功能欄位(1位元組)用來指定以單色格式顯示的解 析度位元數。如果顯示器無法使用單色格式,則此值設定 為零。位元7至4保留讲未來使用,因此設定為零。位元3 至〇定義存在於每一圖素的最大灰階位元數。這四個位元可 指定每一圖素1至15的值。如果值為零,顯示器就不支援單 色袼式。 色彩功能襴位(3位元組)指定存在於顯示器色彩對鹿表中 的最大表格項目數。如果顯示器無法使用色彩對魔格式, 則此值為零。 -94 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) " ------ 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(92 ) RGB功能攔位(2位元組)指定以RGB格式顯示的解析度 位元數。如果顯示器無法使用RGB格式,則此值為零。 RGB功能字包括三個無記號值:位元3至0定義藍色最大 位元數,位元7至4定義綠色最大位元數,位元11至8定義 每一圖素中紅色的最大位元數。目前,位元15至12保留供 未來使用,一般設定為零。 Y Cr Cb功能攔位(2位元組)指定以Y Cr Cb格式顯示的 解析度位元數。如果顯示器無法使用Y Ci* Cb格式,則此值 為零。Y Cr Cb功能字包括三個無記號值:位元3至0定義 Cb樣本最大位元數,位元7至4定義Cr樣本最大位元數,位 元11至8定義Y樣本的最大位元數,位元15至12目前保留 供未來使用並設定為零。 顯示特性功能指示器欄位使用4位元組包含一組旗號,可 指示顯示器支援的特性。位元設定為一,指示所支援的功 能,設定為零指示不支援的功能。位元0值指示是否支援點 陣圖區塊傳送封包(封包類型71)。位元1、2、和3值分別指 示是否支援點陣圖區域填滿封包(封包類型72)、點陣圖案 填滿封包(封包類型73)、或通信連結資料通道封包(封包類 型74)。位元4值指示顯示器是否能夠使顏色透明,位元5和 6值分別指示顯示器是否接受封裝格式的影像資料或音效資 料,位元7指示顯示器是否可傳送攝影機的反向連結影像 流。位元11和12分別指示當用戶端與指標裝置通訊時可傳 送及接收指標裝置資料封包,或與鍵盤通訊時可傳送及接 收鍵盤資料封包。位元13至31目前保留供未來使用或供系 -95- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 裝 訂Line 577208-~ ----- 1! ___ V. Description of the Invention (91) The MDDI-Data signal will be re-enabled before the packet length field of the next packet. F • Used to display function packets. The protocol version block uses 2 bytes to specify the protocol version used by the client. The initial version is set equal to zero, and the minimum protocol version block uses 2 bytes to specify the minimum protocol version that the client can use or interpret. Display data rate function field (2 bytes) specifies the maximum data rate that the display can receive on the forward link of the interface, and is specified in megabits per second (Mbps) format. The interface type function field (1 byte) specifies the type of Μ face supported on the forward and reverse links. At present, by selecting bit 0, bit i, or bit 2, the Type-II 'Type-Ill or Type-IV mode on the forward link is selected, and the bit 3, bit 4, or bit 5 selects the inverse. Tyj) e-II, Type-III, or Type-IV mode on the link; bits 6 and 7 are reserved and set to zero. "" Occupation map I degree and south degree niches (2 bytes) specify the width and height of the bitmap in the pixel. The monochrome function field (1 byte) is used to specify the number of resolution bits displayed in monochrome format. If the display cannot use the monochrome format, set this value to zero. Bits 7 to 4 are reserved for future use and are therefore set to zero. Bits 3 to 0 define the maximum number of grayscale bits present in each pixel. These four bits can specify values from 1 to 15 for each pixel. If the value is zero, the display does not support single color mode. The color function bit (3 bytes) specifies the maximum number of table items that exist in the monitor color pair table. If the monitor cannot use the color-to-magic format, this value is zero. -94-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) " ------ 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (92) The RGB function stop (2 bytes) is designated by The number of resolution bits displayed in RGB format. If the display cannot use the RGB format, this value is zero. The RGB function word includes three unsigned values: bits 3 to 0 define the maximum number of blue bits, bits 7 to 4 define the maximum number of green bits, and bits 11 to 8 define the maximum number of red bits in each pixel. Yuan. Bits 15 to 12 are currently reserved for future use and are generally set to zero. Y Cr Cb function block (2 bytes) specifies the number of resolution bits displayed in Y Cr Cb format. If the display cannot use the Y Ci * Cb format, this value is zero. The Y Cr Cb function word includes three unsigned values: bits 3 to 0 define the maximum number of bits in the Cb sample, bits 7 to 4 define the maximum number of bits in the Cr sample, and bits 11 to 8 define the maximum number of bits in the Y sample. Number, bits 15 to 12 are currently reserved for future use and set to zero. The display feature function indicator field uses 4-bytes to include a set of flags to indicate the features supported by the display. Bit is set to one to indicate supported functions, and set to zero to indicate unsupported functions. A bit value of 0 indicates whether a bitmap block transfer packet (packet type 71) is supported. Bits 1, 2, and 3 indicate whether the bitmap area is filled with packets (packet type 72), the dot pattern is filled with packets (packet type 73), or the communication link data channel packets (packet type 74) are supported. The bit 4 value indicates whether the display can make the color transparent, the bit 5 and 6 values indicate whether the display accepts the packaged image data or sound effect data, and the bit 7 indicates whether the display can transmit the camera's reverse link video stream. Bits 11 and 12 indicate that the client can send and receive data packets of the pointing device when communicating with the pointing device, or can send and receive keyboard data packets when communicating with the keyboard. Bits 13 to 31 are currently reserved for future use or use. -95- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm) binding
577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(93 ) 統設計師作特殊指定,一般設定為零。 顯示影像訊框率功能欄位(1位元組)指定每秒訊框中顯示 器的最大影像訊框更新功能。主機可選擇以較本欄位指定 值要慢的速率更新影像。 音效缓衝深度欄位(2位元組)指定顯示器中專屬各音效 流的彈性緩衝區深度。 音效通道功能攔位(2位元組)包含一組旗號,指示顯示 器支援的音效通道。位元設定為一指示支援的通道,位元 設定為零指示不支援的通道。位元位置所指定的不同通道 為位元位置0、1、2、3、4、5、6、和7,分別指示左前、 右前、左後、右後、前方中央、子低音揚聲器、環繞左、 和環繞右通道。位元8至15目前保留供未來使用,一般設 定為零。 2位元組的音效採樣速率功能襴位,用於正向連結時,包 含一組旗號指示用戶端裝置的音效採樣速率功能。為位元 位置指定的不同速率依序為:位元0、1、2、3、4、5、 6 、 7 、牙口 8分另J指定為每矛少8,000 、 16,000 、24,000 、 32,000、40,000、48,000、1 1,025、22,050、和 44,100 個樣本(SPS),而位元9至15保留供未來替代使用,所以目 前設定為”0”。將這些位元之一設定為”1”表示支援特定樣 本速率,設定位元為”0”指示不支援的樣本速率。 最小子訊框速率欄位(2位元組)指示每秒訊框中最小的子 訊框速率。最小子訊框速率使顯示狀態更新率足以讀取某 些感應器或顯示器中的指標裝置。 -96 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(94 ) 2位元組的麥克風採樣速率功能襴位,用於反向連結時, 包含-組旗號指示用戶端裝置中麥克風的音效採樣速率功 忐。為了MDDI ’用戶端裝置麥克風組態為基本上支援至少 每秒8,000個樣本的速率。為本襴位位元位置指定的不同速 率為:位元位置〇、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、和8分別用來 表示每秒 8,000、16,000、24,〇00、32〇〇〇、40,〇〇〇、 48,〇〇〇、11,025、22,050、和 44,1〇〇 個樣本(SPS),而位 元9至15保留供未來替代速率使用,所以目前設定為"〇 ”。 將這些位元之一設定為”1”表示支援特定樣本速率,設定位 元為指示不支援的樣本速率。如果未連接麥克風,則麥 克風採樣速率功能位元設定為零。 内容保護類型欄位(2位元組)包含一組旗號,指示顯示 器支援的數位内容保護類型。目前,位元位置〇用來指示何 時支援DTCP,位元位置1用來指示何時支援HDCP,位元 位置2至15保留供其他保護機制使用,目前設定為零。 G·用於顯示要求和狀態封包 反向連結要求欄位(3位元組)指定顯示器在反向連結的下 一個子訊框中傳送資訊回主機所需之位元組數。 CRC錯誤計數攔位(1位元組)指示從媒體訊框開始已發 生的CRC錯誤數量。當傳送子訊框計數為零的子訊框標頭 封包時,會重設CRC計數。如果CRC錯誤的實際數量超過 255,此值為255。 功能變更攔位使用1位元組指示顯示功能的變更。如果使 用者連接週邊裝置,像麥克風、鍵盤、或顯示器,或其他 -97- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準(CNS) A4規格(21〇X297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(95 ) 原因,將發生此結果。當位元[7:0]等於0時,最後顯示功 能封包傳送之後的功能都未變更。但是,當位元[7:0]等於1 至255時,功能變更。檢查顯示功能封包以決定新的顯示功 能。 H·用於位元區塊傳送封包 視窗左上座標X值和Y值欄位使用2位元組,分別指示移 動的視窗左上角座標的X和Y值。視窗寬度和高度欄位使用 2位元組指示移動視窗的寬度和高度。視窗X移動和Y移動 欄位使用2位元組分別指示垂直和水平移動視窗的圖素 數。正值X使視窗向右移動,負值X則向左移動,正值Y使 視窗向下移動,負值Y則向上移動。 I·用於點陣圖區域填入封包 視窗左上座標X值和Y值攔位使用2位元組,分別指示填 入的視窗左上角座標的X和Y值。視窗寬度和高度欄位(2位 元組)指示填入視窗的寬度和高度。影像資料格式描述子欄 位(2位元組)指示圖素區域填入值的格式。此格式與影像 流封包中相同的欄位,其格式相同。圖素區域填入值欄位 (4位元組)包含要填入上述討論欄位所指定視窗的圖素值。 此圖素格式在影像資料格式描述子襴位中指定。 J·用於點陣圖案填入封包 視窗左上座標X值和Y值襴位使用2位元組,分別指示填 入視窗的左上角座標的X和Y值。視窗寬度和高度欄位(各 為2位元組)指示填入視窗的寬度和高度。圖案寬度和圖案 高度攔位(各為2位元組)分別指示填入圖案的寬度和高度。 -98- 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 裝 訂577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (93) The system designer makes a special designation, which is generally set to zero. The Display Video Frame Rate function field (1 byte) specifies the maximum video frame update function of the frame display per second. The host can choose to update the image at a slower rate than the value specified in this field. The sound buffer depth field (2 bytes) specifies the flexible buffer depth of each sound stream exclusive to the display. The audio channel function block (2 bytes) contains a set of flags indicating the audio channels supported by the display. Bit is set to a channel that indicates support, and bit is set to a channel that indicates no support. The different positions specified by the bit positions are bit positions 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7, respectively, indicating left front, right front, left rear, right rear, center front, subwoofer, surround left , And surround the right channel. Bits 8 to 15 are currently reserved for future use and are generally set to zero. The 2-byte sound effect sampling rate function is used for forward connection. It includes a set of flags to indicate the sound effect sampling rate function of the client device. The different rates specified for the bit positions are: bit 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 points for teeth, and J is specified to be 8,000, 16,000, 24,000, 32,000, 40,000 less per spear, 48,000, 1 1,025, 22,050, and 44,100 samples (SPS), while bits 9 to 15 are reserved for future replacements, so currently set to "0". Setting one of these bits to "1" indicates that a specific sample rate is supported, and setting the bit to "0" indicates an unsupported sample rate. The minimum sub-frame rate field (2 bytes) indicates the minimum sub-frame rate in the frame per second. The minimum sub-frame rate enables the display status update rate to be sufficient to read a pointing device in some sensors or displays. -96-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (94) 2-bit microphone sampling rate function is used for reverse connection The -group flag indicates the function of the sound sampling rate of the microphone in the client device. For MDDI 'client devices the microphone is configured to basically support a rate of at least 8,000 samples per second. The different rates specified for this bit position are: bit positions 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 are used to represent 8,000, 16,000, 24, 00, 32, respectively, per second 00, 40, 00, 48, 00, 11,025, 22,050, and 44,100 samples (SPS), while bits 9 to 15 are reserved for future replacement rates, so currently set Is " 〇 ". Set one of these bits to" 1 "to support a specific sample rate, and set the bit to indicate an unsupported sample rate. If no microphone is connected, the microphone sample rate function bit is set to zero. The content protection type field (2 bytes) contains a set of flags indicating the type of digital content protection supported by the display. Currently, bit position 0 is used to indicate when DTCP is supported, and bit position 1 is used to indicate when HDCP is supported. Meta positions 2 to 15 are reserved for other protection mechanisms, and are currently set to zero. G · Used to display the request and status packet. Backlink request field (3 bytes) specifies the next sub-frame of the display in the reverse link Needed to send information back to the host The number of tuples. The CRC error count stop (1 byte) indicates the number of CRC errors that have occurred since the start of the media frame. The CRC count is reset when a subframe header packet with a subframe count of zero is transmitted If the actual number of CRC errors exceeds 255, the value is 255. The function change stop uses 1 byte to indicate the change of the display function. If the user connects a peripheral device, such as a microphone, keyboard, or display, or other -97- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (95) This result will occur. When bit [7: 0] is equal to 0, finally The functions have not changed since the transmission of the display function packet. However, when bits [7: 0] are equal to 1 to 255, the function is changed. Check the display function packet to determine the new display function. H. For bit block transmission The upper left coordinate X and Y values of the packet window use 2 bytes to indicate the X and Y values of the upper left coordinate of the moving window. The window width and height columns use 2 bytes to indicate the width and height of the moving window. Windows X Move and Y Move Bits use 2 bytes to indicate the number of pixels of the window that are moved vertically and horizontally. A positive value X moves the window to the right, a negative value X moves to the left, a positive value Y moves the window downward, and a negative Y moves upward. I. Used to fill the bitmap area with the X and Y values of the upper left coordinates of the packet window. Use 2 bytes to indicate the X and Y values of the upper left coordinates of the filled window. The window width and height fields ( 2 bytes) indicates the width and height of the fill window. The image data format description subfield (2 bytes) indicates the format of the fill value of the pixel area. This format is the same as the field in the image stream packet. The format is the same. The pixel area fill value field (4 bytes) contains the pixel value to be filled in the window specified by the above discussion field. This pixel format is specified in the image data format descriptor bit. J. Used to fill the packet with the dot pattern. The X value and Y value of the upper left coordinate of the window use 2 bytes, which respectively indicate the X and Y values of the upper left coordinate of the filled window. The window width and height fields (2 bytes each) indicate the width and height of the filled window. Pattern width and pattern height stops (2 bytes each) indicate the width and height of the filled pattern, respectively. -98- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) binding
線 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(96 ) 2位元組的影像資料格式描述子攔位指示圖素區域填入值 的格式。圖11說明影像資料格式描述子的編碼方式。此格 式與影像流封包中相同的攔位,其格式相同。 參數CRC欄位(2位元組)包含從封包長度至影像格式描 述子所有位元組的CRC。如果這個CRC無法檢查就會捨 棄整個封包。圖案圖素資料攔位包含以影像資料格式描述 子指定格式來指定填滿圖案的原始影像資訊。資料封裝至 位元組中,且每列的第一個圖素必須是位元組對齊。同時 傳送一列的填滿圖案資料。圖案圖素資料CRC襴位(2位元 組)包含只有圖案圖素資料的CRC。如果CRC無法檢查, 圖案圖素資料仍可使用,但會累加CRC錯誤計數。 K·通信連結資料通道封包 參數CRC攔位(2位元組)包含從封包長度至封包類型所 有位元組的16位元CRC。如果這個CRC無法檢查就會捨 棄整個封包。 通信連結資料欄位包含通信通道的原始資料。這個資料 只是傳送至顯示器的計算裝置。 通信連結資料CRC欄位(2位元組)包含只有通信連結資 料的16位元CRC。如果CRC無法檢查,通信連結資料仍可 使用,但會累加CRC錯誤計數。 L·用於介面型交遞要求封包 介面類型襴位(1位元組)指定使用的新介面類型。本襴 位内的值以下列方式指定介面類型。如果位元7内的值等 於〇,類型交遞要求用於正向連結,如果等於1,則類型交 99 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 裝 訂 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(97 ) 遞要求用於反向連結。位元6至3保留供未來使用,一般設 定為零。位元2至〇用來定義所使用的介面類型,值為1時 表示Type-I模式的交遞,值為2時表示Type_II模式的交 遞,值為3時表示Type-III模式的交遞,值為4時表示Type- IV模式的交遞。值〇和5至7保留供未來替代模式或混合模式 使用。 M·用於介面型確認封包 介面類型攔位(1位元組)具有一數值,可確認使用的新 介面。本欄位内的值以下列方式指定介面類型。如果位元 7等於0,類型交遞要求用於正向連結,另一方面如果等於 1,則類型交遞要求用於反向連結。位元位置6至3目前保留 供指定其他交遞類型使用,一般設定為零。但是,位元位 置2至0用來定義所使用的介面類型,值為〇時表示負面確 認’或要求的交遞無法執行,值為1、2、3、和4時分別表 示Type-I、Type-II、Type-Ill、和Type-IV 模式的交遞。 值5至7保留供指定替代模式使用。 N·用於執行型交遞封包 1位元組介面類型襴位指示使用的新介面類型。本欄位的 值指示介面類型,精由首先使用位元7決定類型交遞是否 用於正向或反向連結。值,,〇,,表示類型交遞要求用於正向連 結,值”1”表示反向連結。位元6至3保留供未來使用,一 般設定為零。但是,位元2至〇用來定義所使用的介面類 型,值為1、2、3、和4時分別指定使用、Typ卜 II、Type-m、和Type]v模式的交遞。這些位元值〇和5 -100- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(98 ) 至7均保留供未來使用。 〇·用於正向音效通道啟用封包 音效通道啟用罩欄位(1位元組)包含〆組旗號’扣二4 啟用的用戶端音效通道。位元設定為〆町啟用對應的L 道,位元設定為零可停用對應的通道,位元〇至5指定通遠0 至5,分別表示左前、右前、左後、右後、前方中央、子心 音揚聲器通道。位元6至7保留供未來使用,同時設定’·’· 零。 P·用於反向音效採樣速率封包 音效採樣速率攔位(1位元組)指定數位音效採樣速率 為本爛位值指派給不同的速率:值〇、1、2、3、4 $ 6、7、和8分別用來表示每秒8 〇〇〇、16,0〇〇、24,〇00、 32,〇〇〇、40,000、48,0〇〇、u 〇95、22,〇50、和 44,1〇0 個樣本(SPS),而值9至254保留供未來替代速率使用,所以 目刖设定為"0”。值255用來停用反向連結音效串流。 —樣本格式攔位(1位元組)指定触音效採樣格式。當位 Μΐ·〇]等於G ’數位音效樣本為線性格式,當這些位元等 位λ音效樣^,格式,當位元等於2時,數位 代使用,-般妓為零。[2]保留供μ音效格式替 Q.用於數位内容保護架空封包 内容保護類型攔位(1位元組)指 方法。〇值指示數位傳輸内容伴護 的數位内容保護 數位内容佯蠖李統mnrp、 cp),值1表示高頻寬 蔓系、、先⑽CP)。值範圍2至255目前未指定, 裴 订 ·! 線 -101 577208 A7 B7 五、發明説明(99 ) 保留供替代保護機制使用。内容保護架空訊息襴位為可變 長度欄位,包含在主機和用戶端之間傳送的内容保護訊 息。 R. 用於透明色彩啟用封包 透明的色彩啟用欄位(1位元組)指定何時啟用或停用透 明色彩模式。如果位元〇等於〇則停用透明色彩模式,如果 它等於1,則啟用透明色彩模式,且該透明色彩由以下兩個 參數指定。此位元組的位元1至7保留供未來使用,並設為 零。 影像資料格式描述子欄位(2位元組)指示圖素區域填入 值的格式圖11說明影像資料格式描述子的編碼方式。此格 式大致上與影像流封包中相同欄位的格式相同。 圖素區域填入值欄位使用4位元組分配給要填入以上指定 視窗的圖素值。此圖素格式在影像資料格式描述子欄位中 指定。 S. 用於往返延遲測量封包 參數CRC襴位(2位元組)包含從封包長度至封包類型所 有位元組的16位元CRC。如果這個CRC無法檢查就會捨 棄整個封包。 選通排列欄位(2位元組)所包含的值會使MDDI_Stb信 號緊接在此封包全部零欄位的第一個位元之前,在位元邊 界處從低轉變為高。這確保MDDI_Stb信號與任何時候傳 送此封包的測量週期内的位元組邊界有一致的運作方式。 全部零攔位(1位元組)包含零,以確保所有MDDI_Data -102- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 裝 訂Line 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (96) 2-byte image data format descriptor Descriptor block indicates the format of the pixel region fill-in value. FIG. 11 illustrates the encoding method of the video data format descriptor. This format is the same as that in the video stream packet, and its format is the same. The parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains the CRC of all bytes from the packet length to the image format descriptor. If this CRC cannot be checked, the entire packet is discarded. The pattern pixel data block contains the original image information that fills the pattern in a format specified by the image data format descriptor. The data is packed into bytes, and the first pixel of each row must be byte-aligned. At the same time, a row of filled pattern data is transmitted. The pattern pixel data CRC bit (2 bytes) contains the CRC of the pattern pixel data only. If the CRC cannot be checked, the pattern pixel data can still be used, but the CRC error count will be accumulated. K. Communication link data channel packet parameter CRC block (2 bytes) contains a 16-bit CRC from the packet length to all the bytes of the packet type. If this CRC cannot be checked, the entire packet is discarded. The communication link data field contains the raw data of the communication channel. This data is only sent to the computing device on the display. The communication link data CRC field (2 bytes) contains a 16-bit CRC with only communication link data. If the CRC cannot be checked, the communication link data can still be used, but the CRC error count will be accumulated. L · For interface-type handover request packet The interface type (1 byte) specifies the new interface type to be used. The values in this bit specify the interface type in the following way. If the value in bit 7 is equal to 0, the type handover is required for forward connection. If it is 1, then the type handover is 99. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm). V. Description of the invention (97) Delivery requirements are used for reverse connection. Bits 6 to 3 are reserved for future use and are generally set to zero. Bits 2 to 0 are used to define the type of interface used. A value of 1 indicates the delivery of Type-I mode, a value of 2 indicates the delivery of Type_II mode, and a value of 3 indicates the delivery of Type-III mode. When the value is 4, it indicates the delivery of Type-IV mode. Values 0 and 5 to 7 are reserved for future alternative or mixed modes. M · Interface type confirmation packet The interface type block (1 byte) has a value to confirm the new interface used. The values in this field specify the interface type in the following way. If bit 7 is equal to 0, type handover is required for forward linking, and if it is equal to 1, then type handover is required for reverse linking. Bit positions 6 to 3 are currently reserved for specifying other delivery types, and are generally set to zero. However, bit positions 2 to 0 are used to define the type of interface used. A value of 0 indicates negative confirmation 'or the requested delivery cannot be performed. A value of 1, 2, 3, and 4 indicates Type-I, Type-II, Type-Ill, and Type-IV mode delivery. Values 5 to 7 are reserved for use in the specified alternative mode. N · Used to deliver packets. 1-byte interface type bit indicates the new interface type used. The value in this field indicates the interface type. Bit 7 is used first to determine whether type handover is used for forward or reverse linking. The value, 0, indicates that type handover is required for forward connection, and the value "1" indicates reverse connection. Bits 6 to 3 are reserved for future use and are generally set to zero. However, bits 2 to 0 are used to define the type of interface to be used, and values of 1, 2, 3, and 4 respectively specify the use, Typ II, Type-m, and Type] v mode delivery. These bit values 0 and 5 -100- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 577208 A7 B7 5. The invention descriptions (98) to 7 are reserved for future use. 〇 · Used to enable packets for the forward audio channel. The audio channel enable mask field (1 byte) contains the group's flag ‘Kue 2 4’ which enables the client-side audio channel. The bit is set to enable the corresponding L channel in Ayamachi. The bit is set to zero to disable the corresponding channel. Bits 0 to 5 designate Tongyuan 0 to 5, which respectively represent left front, right front, left rear, right rear, and front center. , Sub heart sound speaker channel. Bits 6 to 7 are reserved for future use while setting ‘·’ · zero. P · Reverse sound effect sampling rate Packet sound effect sampling rate block (1 byte) The specified digital sound effect sampling rate is assigned to this bit rate at different rates: values 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 $ 6, 7, and 8 are used to represent 80, 000, 16, 000, 24, 00, 32, 000, 40,000, 48, 000, u 95, 22, 50, and 50, respectively, and 44,100 samples (SPS), and the values 9 to 254 are reserved for future replacement rates, so the default setting is "0". The value 255 is used to disable reverse link audio streaming. — Sample format The block (1 byte) specifies the sampling format of the touch sound effect. When the bit M] · 〇] is equal to G ', the digital sound effect sample is in a linear format. When these bits are equal to the λ sound effect sample ^, the format, when the bit is equal to 2, Used by digital generations, -like prostitutes are zero. [2] Reserved for μ sound effect format instead of Q. Used for digital content protection overhead packet content protection type block (1 byte) refers to the method. 〇 value indicates digital transmission content companion Digital content protection (e.g. mnrp, cp), a value of 1 means high-frequency broadband, cp (first CP). The value range is 2 to 255, which is currently not specified. Pingding! Line-101 577208 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (99) Reserved for alternative protection mechanism. The content protection overhead message nibble is a variable-length field that contains the content transmitted between the host and the client. Protects the message. R. Transparent color enable packet The transparent color enable field (1 byte) specifies when to enable or disable the transparent color mode. If bit = 0 is equal to 0 then disable the transparent color mode, if it is equal to 1 , The transparent color mode is enabled, and the transparent color is specified by the following two parameters. Bits 1 to 7 of this byte are reserved for future use and set to zero. Image data format description subfield (2 bytes ) Format for indicating the fill-in value of the pixel area. Figure 11 illustrates the encoding method of the image data format descriptor. This format is roughly the same as the format of the same field in the video stream packet. The fill-in value field of the pixel area uses 4 bits. Set the pixel value to be filled in the above specified window. This pixel format is specified in the image data format description sub-field. S. Used for round-trip delay measurement packet parameter CRC bit (2 bits Group) contains a 16-bit CRC of all bytes from the packet length to the packet type. If this CRC cannot be checked, the entire packet is discarded. The value contained in the strobe field (2 bytes) makes the MDDI_Stb signal tight It changes from low to high at the bit boundary before the first bit of all zero fields of this packet. This ensures that the MDDI_Stb signal operates in unison with the byte boundary during the measurement period in which this packet is transmitted Method: All zero stops (1 byte) contains zero to ensure all MDDI_Data -102- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) binding
k 五、發明説明( 100) A7 B7 仏號在第一防護時間週期停用線路驅動器之前,均處於零 狀態。 防護時間1欄位(8位元組)用來允許在啟用用戶端(顯示 态)内的線路驅動器之前,停用主機内的MDDI_ Data線路 驅動益。主機在防護時間1位元0期間停用其MDDl_Data 、線路驅動器’且顯示器在防護時間1最後一個位元之後立 即啟用其線路驅動器。 測量期欄位為512位元組視窗,用來允許顯示器以正向 連、、°半的資料率來回應Oxff、Oxff、0x0。這個速率相當 於反向連結率除數為1。顯示 器在測量期一開始立即傳回此 回應。將精確地在主機測量期第一位元開始後的連結往返 遲處由主機接收這個回應。顯示器的MDDI一Data線路 驅動器緊接在顯示器Oxff、Oxff、0x00回應之前和之後停 用0 隻時間2欄位(8位元組)值允許在啟用主機内的線肖 動器之前,停用用戶端MDDI—Data線路驅動器。防護鮮 ^直出現,但只有在測量期測量出往返延遲為最大值的 有需要用到。用戶端在防護時間2位元〇期間停用立線與 _ 主機在防護時間2最後-個位元 線路驅動器。 驅動器重新啟用欄位(1位元組)設定為零,確保^ Data信號會在下-封包的封包長度棚位之前重杂 用0 Χ·結論 -103· 577208 AT B7 五、發明説明(101) 本發明的不同具體實施例如上所述,但應瞭解到這些具 體實施斜僅為範例,並不用來局限本發明。因此,本發明 的廣度與範疇不應限於上述範例具體實施例,而應根據以 下申請專利範圍加以定義。 -104- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)k V. Description of the invention (100) A7 B7 仏 is in the zero state before the line driver is disabled in the first protection time period. The guard time 1 field (8 bytes) is used to allow the MDDI_ Data line driver in the host to be disabled before the line driver in the client (display state) is enabled. The host deactivates its MDD1_Data, line driver 'during the guard time 1 bit 0, and the display enables its line driver immediately after the last bit of guard time 1. The measurement period field is a 512-byte window, which is used to allow the display to respond to Oxff, Oxff, 0x0 with a data rate of half a degree. This rate corresponds to a reverse link rate divisor of one. The display returns this response immediately at the beginning of the measurement period. This response will be received by the host exactly after the connection is started after the first bit of the host measurement period. The display's MDDI-Data line driver is deactivated immediately before and after the display Oxff, Oxff, 0x00 response 0 time 2 field (8 bytes) value allows the user to deactivate the line shaver before enabling it MDDI-Data line driver. The protection is straightforward, but it is only necessary to measure the maximum round-trip delay during the measurement period. The user terminal disables the vertical line during the guard time 2 bit 0 and the host _ the last-bit line driver during guard time 2. The driver re-enable field (1 byte) is set to zero to ensure that the ^ Data signal will be reused before the packet length of the lower-packet shed. The different specific embodiments of the invention are as described above, but it should be understood that these specific implementations are merely examples and are not intended to limit the present invention. Therefore, the breadth and scope of the present invention should not be limited to the above-mentioned exemplary embodiments, but should be defined according to the scope of patent application below. -104- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US25583300P | 2000-12-15 | 2000-12-15 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW577208B true TW577208B (en) | 2004-02-21 |
Family
ID=22970054
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW090131226A TW577208B (en) | 2000-12-15 | 2001-12-17 | Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer |
Country Status (12)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP1342352A2 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP2004531916A (en) |
| KR (2) | KR100978497B1 (en) |
| CN (2) | CN101030952B (en) |
| AU (2) | AU2002227359B2 (en) |
| BR (1) | BRPI0116157B1 (en) |
| CA (4) | CA2431492C (en) |
| IL (2) | IL156385A0 (en) |
| MX (1) | MXPA03005310A (en) |
| RU (1) | RU2003121400A (en) |
| TW (1) | TW577208B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2002049314A2 (en) |
Cited By (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TWI416337B (en) * | 2010-04-21 | 2013-11-21 | Via Tech Inc | Data transmission system and data transmission method |
| TWI491221B (en) * | 2007-05-08 | 2015-07-01 | Qualcomm Inc | A packet structure for a mobile display digital interface |
| US9252921B2 (en) | 2005-03-10 | 2016-02-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method of multiplexing over an error-prone wireless broadcast channel |
| TWI740926B (en) * | 2016-04-20 | 2021-10-01 | 日商新力股份有限公司 | Reception device, transmission device, communication system, signal reception method, signal transmission method, and communication method |
Families Citing this family (79)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6760772B2 (en) | 2000-12-15 | 2004-07-06 | Qualcomm, Inc. | Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer |
| US8812706B1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2014-08-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for compensating for mismatched delays in signals of a mobile display interface (MDDI) system |
| US7627343B2 (en) | 2003-04-25 | 2009-12-01 | Apple Inc. | Media player system |
| ATE517500T1 (en) | 2003-06-02 | 2011-08-15 | Qualcomm Inc | GENERATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF A SIGNAL PROTOCOL AND INTERFACE FOR HIGHER DATA RATES |
| AU2004300958A1 (en) * | 2003-08-13 | 2005-02-24 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | A signal interface for higher data rates |
| KR100951158B1 (en) * | 2003-09-10 | 2010-04-06 | 콸콤 인코포레이티드 | High-speed data interface |
| EP1680904A1 (en) * | 2003-10-15 | 2006-07-19 | QUALCOMM Incorporated | High data rate interface |
| TWI401601B (en) | 2003-10-29 | 2013-07-11 | Qualcomm Inc | Method and system for a mobile display digital interface system and computer program product |
| CN101729205A (en) * | 2003-11-12 | 2010-06-09 | 高通股份有限公司 | High data rate interface with improved link control |
| RU2006122542A (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2008-01-10 | Квэлкомм Инкорпорейтед (US) | HIGH-SPEED DATA TRANSFER INTERFACE WITH IMPROVED COMMUNICATION LINK SYNCHRONIZATION |
| CA2731269C (en) * | 2003-12-08 | 2013-01-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | High data rate interface with improved link synchronization |
| EP2309695A1 (en) | 2004-03-10 | 2011-04-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | High data rate interface apparatus and method |
| WO2005091593A1 (en) * | 2004-03-17 | 2005-09-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | High data rate interface apparatus and method |
| US8645566B2 (en) * | 2004-03-24 | 2014-02-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | High data rate interface apparatus and method |
| US8117651B2 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2012-02-14 | Apple Inc. | Method and system for authenticating an accessory |
| US7529872B1 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2009-05-05 | Apple Inc. | Communication between an accessory and a media player using a protocol with multiple lingoes |
| US7529870B1 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2009-05-05 | Apple Inc. | Communication between an accessory and a media player with multiple lingoes |
| US7529871B1 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2009-05-05 | Apple Inc. | Communication between an accessory and a media player with multiple protocol versions |
| US7441062B2 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2008-10-21 | Apple Inc. | Connector interface system for enabling data communication with a multi-communication device |
| US7526588B1 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2009-04-28 | Apple Inc. | Communication between an accessory and a media player using a protocol with multiple lingoes |
| US7634605B2 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2009-12-15 | Apple Inc. | Method and system for transferring stored data between a media player and an accessory |
| US8650304B2 (en) | 2004-06-04 | 2014-02-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Determining a pre skew and post skew calibration data rate in a mobile display digital interface (MDDI) communication system |
| KR100882166B1 (en) * | 2004-06-04 | 2009-02-06 | 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 | High data rate interface device and method |
| AU2005253592B2 (en) * | 2004-06-04 | 2009-02-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | High data rate interface apparatus and method |
| US8539119B2 (en) | 2004-11-24 | 2013-09-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and apparatus for exchanging messages having a digital data interface device message format |
| CA2588717C (en) * | 2004-11-24 | 2013-11-12 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Systems and methods for digital data transmission rate control |
| CN101103568B (en) * | 2004-11-24 | 2012-05-30 | 高通股份有限公司 | Method for regulating transmission rate and sice of the packet, and systems for transmitting packet |
| US8873584B2 (en) | 2004-11-24 | 2014-10-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Digital data interface device |
| US8667363B2 (en) | 2004-11-24 | 2014-03-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Systems and methods for implementing cyclic redundancy checks |
| US8699330B2 (en) | 2004-11-24 | 2014-04-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Systems and methods for digital data transmission rate control |
| US8723705B2 (en) | 2004-11-24 | 2014-05-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Low output skew double data rate serial encoder |
| US8692838B2 (en) | 2004-11-24 | 2014-04-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and systems for updating a buffer |
| US7823214B2 (en) | 2005-01-07 | 2010-10-26 | Apple Inc. | Accessory authentication for electronic devices |
| JP5077977B2 (en) | 2005-05-30 | 2012-11-21 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Liquid crystal display drive control device and portable terminal system |
| US7599439B2 (en) * | 2005-06-24 | 2009-10-06 | Silicon Image, Inc. | Method and system for transmitting N-bit video data over a serial link |
| KR100685664B1 (en) * | 2005-08-12 | 2007-02-26 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Data communication system consisting of hosts and clients and how the data communication system works |
| EP1930870A4 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2011-03-30 | Nikon Corp | Content data reproduction system and program for realizing the content data reproduction system |
| US8730069B2 (en) | 2005-11-23 | 2014-05-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Double data rate serial encoder |
| US8692839B2 (en) | 2005-11-23 | 2014-04-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and systems for updating a buffer |
| US8086332B2 (en) | 2006-02-27 | 2011-12-27 | Apple Inc. | Media delivery system with improved interaction |
| EP2021908B1 (en) * | 2006-05-26 | 2014-10-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Wireless architecture for a traditional wire-based protocol |
| US9198084B2 (en) | 2006-05-26 | 2015-11-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Wireless architecture for a traditional wire-based protocol |
| US7415563B1 (en) | 2006-06-27 | 2008-08-19 | Apple Inc. | Method and system for allowing a media player to determine if it supports the capabilities of an accessory |
| US7558894B1 (en) | 2006-09-11 | 2009-07-07 | Apple Inc. | Method and system for controlling power provided to an accessory |
| US8667144B2 (en) | 2007-07-25 | 2014-03-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Wireless architecture for traditional wire based protocol |
| AU2008296673B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2010-05-27 | Apple Inc. | Smart dock for chaining accessories |
| US9467735B2 (en) | 2007-09-04 | 2016-10-11 | Apple Inc. | Synchronizing digital audio and analog video from a portable media device |
| US8047966B2 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2011-11-01 | Apple Inc. | Interfacing portable media devices and sports equipment |
| US8811294B2 (en) | 2008-04-04 | 2014-08-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Apparatus and methods for establishing client-host associations within a wireless network |
| JP5231533B2 (en) * | 2008-05-06 | 2013-07-10 | クゥアルコム・インコーポレイテッド | Packet structure for mobile display digital interface |
| US8238811B2 (en) | 2008-09-08 | 2012-08-07 | Apple Inc. | Cross-transport authentication |
| US8208853B2 (en) | 2008-09-08 | 2012-06-26 | Apple Inc. | Accessory device authentication |
| US9398089B2 (en) | 2008-12-11 | 2016-07-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Dynamic resource sharing among multiple wireless devices |
| US8102849B2 (en) | 2009-02-12 | 2012-01-24 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Association procedure to enable multiple multicast streams |
| US9264248B2 (en) | 2009-07-02 | 2016-02-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for avoiding and resolving conflicts in a wireless mobile display digital interface multicast environment |
| JP5367539B2 (en) * | 2009-11-09 | 2013-12-11 | シャープ株式会社 | Interface device |
| US9582238B2 (en) | 2009-12-14 | 2017-02-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Decomposed multi-stream (DMS) techniques for video display systems |
| US8130790B2 (en) | 2010-02-08 | 2012-03-06 | Apple Inc. | Digital communications system with variable-bandwidth traffic channels |
| KR101141421B1 (en) | 2010-07-12 | 2012-05-04 | 고려대학교 산학협력단 | Mobile digital display interface apparatus |
| KR101686944B1 (en) | 2010-08-26 | 2016-12-16 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for generating uncompressed video data packet |
| US9065876B2 (en) | 2011-01-21 | 2015-06-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User input back channel from a wireless sink device to a wireless source device for multi-touch gesture wireless displays |
| US8964783B2 (en) | 2011-01-21 | 2015-02-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User input back channel for wireless displays |
| US9787725B2 (en) | 2011-01-21 | 2017-10-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User input back channel for wireless displays |
| US9413803B2 (en) | 2011-01-21 | 2016-08-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User input back channel for wireless displays |
| US10135900B2 (en) | 2011-01-21 | 2018-11-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User input back channel for wireless displays |
| US20130013318A1 (en) | 2011-01-21 | 2013-01-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User input back channel for wireless displays |
| US8674957B2 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2014-03-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User input device for wireless back channel |
| US10108386B2 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2018-10-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Content provisioning for wireless back channel |
| US9503771B2 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2016-11-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Low latency wireless display for graphics |
| US9525998B2 (en) | 2012-01-06 | 2016-12-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Wireless display with multiscreen service |
| US9652192B2 (en) * | 2013-01-25 | 2017-05-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Connectionless transport for user input control for wireless display devices |
| KR101619693B1 (en) | 2015-02-16 | 2016-05-18 | 포항공과대학교 산학협력단 | Display apparatus and driving method for the same |
| US9621332B2 (en) * | 2015-04-13 | 2017-04-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Clock and data recovery for pulse based multi-wire link |
| CN108847920B (en) * | 2018-06-25 | 2021-06-29 | 北京零态空间数码科技有限公司 | Communication method and system |
| US10862666B2 (en) | 2019-01-14 | 2020-12-08 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Sampling point identification for low frequency asynchronous data capture |
| TWI748447B (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2021-12-01 | 瑞昱半導體股份有限公司 | Control signal transmission circuit and control signal receiving circuit of audio/video interface |
| TWI733499B (en) | 2020-06-19 | 2021-07-11 | 瑞昱半導體股份有限公司 | Multimedia audio/video system |
| US12542641B2 (en) * | 2022-04-01 | 2026-02-03 | AyDeeKay LLC | Single-thread detection of valid synchronization headers |
| CN115277983B (en) * | 2022-06-22 | 2025-08-01 | 江苏珞珈聚芯集成电路设计有限公司 | Video pixel clock recovery method and structure for DP interface |
Family Cites Families (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5490247A (en) * | 1993-11-24 | 1996-02-06 | Intel Corporation | Video subsystem for computer-based conferencing system |
| SE506540C2 (en) * | 1995-06-13 | 1998-01-12 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | Synchronization of data transfer via a bidirectional link |
| US5751951A (en) * | 1995-10-30 | 1998-05-12 | Mitsubishi Electric Information Technology Center America, Inc. | Network interface |
| US6298387B1 (en) * | 1996-07-12 | 2001-10-02 | Philips Electronics North America Corp | System for detecting a data packet in a bitstream by storing data from the bitstream in a buffer and comparing data at different locations in the buffer to predetermined data |
| US6101601A (en) * | 1998-04-20 | 2000-08-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for hibernation within a distributed data processing system |
| KR20000039224A (en) * | 1998-12-11 | 2000-07-05 | 윤종용 | Communication interconnection network for high speed data transmission |
-
2001
- 2001-12-14 EP EP01996216A patent/EP1342352A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-12-14 RU RU2003121400/09A patent/RU2003121400A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-12-14 KR KR1020097016066A patent/KR100978497B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2001-12-14 CA CA2431492A patent/CA2431492C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-12-14 AU AU2002227359A patent/AU2002227359B2/en not_active Expired
- 2001-12-14 JP JP2002550691A patent/JP2004531916A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-12-14 CA CA2726149A patent/CA2726149C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-12-14 WO PCT/US2001/047807 patent/WO2002049314A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2001-12-14 KR KR1020037008002A patent/KR100944843B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-12-14 AU AU2735902A patent/AU2735902A/en active Pending
- 2001-12-14 BR BRPI0116157A patent/BRPI0116157B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2001-12-14 CN CN200710087664.6A patent/CN101030952B/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-12-14 MX MXPA03005310A patent/MXPA03005310A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2001-12-14 CA CA2725878A patent/CA2725878C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-12-14 IL IL15638501A patent/IL156385A0/en unknown
- 2001-12-14 CN CNB018225837A patent/CN100473058C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-12-14 CA CA 2725844 patent/CA2725844C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2001-12-17 TW TW090131226A patent/TW577208B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2008
- 2008-12-28 IL IL196247A patent/IL196247A/en active IP Right Grant
Cited By (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US9252921B2 (en) | 2005-03-10 | 2016-02-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method of multiplexing over an error-prone wireless broadcast channel |
| TWI491221B (en) * | 2007-05-08 | 2015-07-01 | Qualcomm Inc | A packet structure for a mobile display digital interface |
| TWI416337B (en) * | 2010-04-21 | 2013-11-21 | Via Tech Inc | Data transmission system and data transmission method |
| TWI497307B (en) * | 2010-04-21 | 2015-08-21 | Via Tech Inc | Usb transaction translator and usb transaction translation method |
| TWI740926B (en) * | 2016-04-20 | 2021-10-01 | 日商新力股份有限公司 | Reception device, transmission device, communication system, signal reception method, signal transmission method, and communication method |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CA2725878A1 (en) | 2002-06-20 |
| CN101030952B (en) | 2016-03-09 |
| EP1342352A2 (en) | 2003-09-10 |
| AU2735902A (en) | 2002-06-24 |
| CN101030952A (en) | 2007-09-05 |
| IL156385A0 (en) | 2004-01-04 |
| IL196247A (en) | 2012-07-31 |
| WO2002049314A3 (en) | 2003-05-01 |
| KR100978497B1 (en) | 2010-08-30 |
| BR0116157A (en) | 2004-07-06 |
| KR20030061001A (en) | 2003-07-16 |
| CA2725878C (en) | 2012-05-29 |
| KR100944843B1 (en) | 2010-03-04 |
| MXPA03005310A (en) | 2004-03-26 |
| CA2726149C (en) | 2013-06-25 |
| CA2725844A1 (en) | 2002-06-20 |
| CN100473058C (en) | 2009-03-25 |
| KR20090087513A (en) | 2009-08-17 |
| HK1067477A1 (en) | 2005-04-08 |
| CA2431492A1 (en) | 2002-06-20 |
| CA2725844C (en) | 2015-03-31 |
| WO2002049314A2 (en) | 2002-06-20 |
| RU2003121400A (en) | 2005-02-10 |
| AU2002227359B2 (en) | 2006-12-07 |
| CA2726149A1 (en) | 2002-06-20 |
| CA2431492C (en) | 2011-09-27 |
| JP2004531916A (en) | 2004-10-14 |
| CN1543734A (en) | 2004-11-03 |
| BRPI0116157B1 (en) | 2016-07-19 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TW577208B (en) | Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer | |
| JP5054213B2 (en) | Generation and execution of signaling protocols and interfaces for higher data rates | |
| TWI455539B (en) | Method, apparatus and system for providing multimedia synchronization for simultaneous isochronous data streams through a frame sync packet in a mddi communication system and non-transitory computer-executable medium thereof | |
| TWI345404B (en) | High data rate interface | |
| TWI401601B (en) | Method and system for a mobile display digital interface system and computer program product | |
| US8745251B2 (en) | Power reduction system for an apparatus for high data rate signal transfer using a communication protocol | |
| CN1902886B (en) | High data rate interface with improved link control | |
| TWI384811B (en) | High data rate interface device and method | |
| EP1423778A2 (en) | Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer | |
| AU2009200172A1 (en) | Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer | |
| AU2002324904A1 (en) | Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| MM4A | Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees |